You are on page 1of 855

Arabic

The Arabic script evolved from the Nabataean Aramaic script. It has been used since the 4th century AD, but the earliest document, an inscription in Arabic, Syriac and Greek, dates from 512 AD. The Aramaic language has fewer consonants than Arabic, so during the 7th century new Arabic letters were created by adding dots to existing letters in order to avoid ambiguities. Further diacritics indicating short vowels were introduced, but are only generally used to ensure the Qur'an was read aloud without mistakes. There are two main types of written Arabic: 1. Classical Arabic - the language of the Qur'an and classical literature. It differs from Modern Standard Arabic mainly in style and vocabulary, some of which is archaic. All Muslims are expected to recite the Qur'an in the original language, however many rely on translations in order to understand the text. 2. Modern Standard Arabic - the universal language of the Arabic-speaking world which is understood by all Arabic speakers. It is the language of the vast majority of written material and of formal TV shows, lectures, etc. Each Arabic speaking country or region also has its own variety of colloquial spoken Arabic. These colloquial varieties of Arabic appear in written form in some poetry, cartoons and comics, plays and personal letters. There are also translations of the Bible into most varieties of colloquial Arabic. Arabic has also been written with the Hebrew, Syriac and Latin scripts.

Notable Features
Type of writing system: abjad Direction of writing: words are written in horizontal lines from right to left, numerals are written from left to right Number of letters: 28 (in Arabic) - some additional letters are used in Arabic when writing placenames or foreign words containing sounds which do not occur in Standard Arabic, such as /p/ or /g/. Additional letters are used when writing other languages. Used to write:

Arabic, Azeri, Baluchi, Bosnian, Dari, Hausa, Kabyle, Konkani, Kashmiri, Kazakh, Kurdish, Kyrghyz, Malay, Mandekan, Morisco, Pashto, Persian/Farsi, Punjabi, Rajasthani, Shabaki, Sindhi, Siraiki, Tatar, Tausg, Turkish, Urdu, Uyghur Most letters change form depending on whether they appear at the beginning, middle or end of a word, or on their own. (see below) Letters that can be joined are always joined in both hand-written and printed Arabic. The only exceptions to this rule are crossword puzzles and signs in which the script is written vertically. The long vowels /a:/, /i:/ and /u:/ are represented by the letters 'alif, y' and ww respectively. Vowel diacritics, which are used to mark short vowels, and other special symbols appear only in the Qur'an. They are also used, though with less consistency, in other religious texts, in classical poetry, in books for children and foreign learners, and occasionally in complex texts to avoid ambiguity. Sometimes the diacritics are used for decorative purposes in book titles, letterheads, nameplates, etc.

Arabic script
Arabic consonants

The transliteration of consonants used above is the ISO version of 1984. There are various other ways of transliterating Arabic. This chart shows how the letters change in different positions

Arabic vowel diacritics and other symbols

Downloads Download an Arabic alphabet chart in Word or PDF format Arabic numerals and numbers These numerals are those used when writing Arabic and are written from left to right. In Arabic they are known as "Indian numbers" ( arqa-m hindiyyah). The term 'Arabic numerals' is also used to refer to 1, 2, 3, etc.

The first set of numbers are Modern Standard Arabic. The second set are Egyptian Arabic and the third set are Moroccan Arabic.

The Arabic language


Arabic is a Semitic language with about 221 million speakers in Afghanistan, Algeria, Bahrain, Chad, Cyprus, Djibouti, Egypt, Eritrea, Iran, Iraq, Israel, Jordan, Kenya, Kuwait, Lebanon, Libya, Mali, Mauritania, Morocco, Niger, Oman, Palestinian West Bank & Gaza, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Somalia, Sudan, Syria, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Tunisia, Turkey, UAE, Uzbekistan and Yemen. There are over 30 different varieties of colloquial Arabic which include: Egyptian - spoken by about 50 million people in Egypt and perhaps the most widely understood variety, thanks to the popularity of Egyptian-made films and TV shows

Algerian - spoken by about 22 million people in Algeria Moroccan - spoken in Morocco by about 20 million people Sudanese - spoken in Sudan by about 19 million people Saidi - spoken by about 19 million people in Egypt North Levantine - spoken in Lebanon and Syria by about 15 million people Mesopotamian - spoken by about 14 million people in Iraq, Iran and Syria Najdi - spoken in Saudi Arabia, Iraq, Jordan and Syria by about 10 million people

For a full list of all varieties of colloquial Arabic click here (format: Excel, 20K). Source: www.ethnologue.com

Sample Arabic text

Sample Arabic text (with diacritics)

Transliteration Yladu jam'u n-nsi arran mutaswna f l-karmati wa-l-uqq. Wa-qad wuhib 'aqlan wa-amran wa-'alayhim an yu'mila ba'uhum ba'an bi-ri l-ikh'.

Lesson 4
Arabic Vowel Marks (Tashkeel or Harakat)

As you should have guessed; the words from last lesson's example were as follows: The first was "DISK" and the second was "TELEPHONE"...... Now, let's go on with the the lesson:

In Arabic there are three kinds of vowels: 1. The three vowel letters, which are (Alef, Waw and Ya') and are used for long vowels (You should be familiar with them by now). 2. The "Hamza" which will be explained in the last lesson. 3. The vowel marks which are used for short vowels. They are called "Tashkeel" in Arabic and they are explained in this lesson (They are also known as Harakat.. just a different name by some references).

To make short vowels distinct from long ones when words are read, the Arabic script uses vowel marks to do so. This is implemented by writing the marks over or under a letter. Let's write the letter "Seen " with the four different vowel marks applied to it: The Mark's Name Applied to the letter Pronounced as.. (Seen)

Fat-ha

Sa

Dhamma

Su

Kas-ra

Si

Sukoon
Let's take a look at how a "Tashkeel" is applied to letters:

1. The "Fat-ha" is an accent mark (a short slanting line over the letter). It is put over a letter when a short sound of "A" is supposed to be pronounced after the letter. 2. The "Dhamma" is a small letter "Waw" over a letter. It is put over a letter when a short sound of "U" is supposed to be pronounced after the letter. 3. The "Kasra" is a short slanting line under the letter. It is put under a letter when a short sound of "i" is supposed to be pronounced after the letter. 4. The "Sukoon" is a small circle over the letter. It is put over a letter when no sound should be pronounced after the letter.

Notes :

In Arabic the the words (Fat-ha, Dhamma, Kasra & Sukun) originally have the following meanings: Fat-ha means "an opening". Dhamma means "a closing". Kasra means "a breaking". Sukoon means "Static".

These meanings refer to the shape of the mouth. For example, you open your

mouth wide when you say the sound of the Fat-ha (which is "A"), and you close your mouth when you say the sound of the "Dhamma" (which is "U"), and your mouth is static when you say a letter that have a "Sukoon" put on top of it. I just wanted you to know this because I think it could help you understand how "Tashkeel" works.

Using the Tashkeel is not obligatory when writing in Arabic, but it is most helpful in some cases (The words are read with the right pronunciation without writing Tashkeel- by convention and the context of the sentence). Vowel marks are very important in Arabic. The word's meaning may differ completely if a vowel mark applied to one letter is changed. Take a look at these examples:

write books gold


went

Vowel marks play a major role in grammar in Arabic (oh! Just forget grammar for now!!! Maybe later!!!!). About the "My name" from previous lesson, I think that it should be written (FADY) in English because in Arabic it ends with the letter "Ya' "which is a "Y" in English, but if the name was to be written in Arabic with a "Kasra" at the end instead of the letter "Ya' " then it will be "Fadi" with an "I" at the end (what we are talking about here is the difference between the pronunciation of the letter "Ya' " and the "Kasra", and this is true for the letter "Alef" and a "Fat-ha" and for the letter "Waw" and the "Dhamma"). Anyway I think that I first learnt to write my name in non-Arabic alphabets in French..... ( just forget it !!!).

There are two other marks used in Arabic script and they represent an extra letter, they are:

1 - Shadda:

"Shadda" represents the doubling of a letter and it is a small shape that looks like the letter "Seen" and is put over the letter. For example, the following is the word "Qissah" (which means "Story" by the way) notice the "Shadda" over the letter "Sad":

Notes :

When a shadda is applied to a letter and the "Tashkeel" is also written, the tashkeel is put over or under the shadda itself not the letter. Notice the two dots over the last letter at the end of the word "Qissah" above. It looks like a "Ha' " but in fact it is not a "Ha' " but the other form of the letter "Ta' " (it is called "Ta' Marbootah" which means "Tied Ta' " from its tied shape. It looks like a "Ha' " because it is pronounced as one in general (The word above is pronounced "Qissah"), but when other letters (suffix) are added at the end of the word (for grammatical reasons) the letter "Ta' " is written in its ordinary form. let's look at the word "Qissatuna" (which means "Our Story") after adding the letters "NA" at the end of the word which is a pronoun:

I know that this is confusing but I just wanted to give you an idea

about the "Ta' Marboota" to understand its concept for a start.

2 - Tanween :

The "Tanween" is pronouncing the letter "Noon" at the end of a word (This is also grammar, so just have a general idea for now!!). It has three forms very similar to the "Tashkeel" but it is only put over or under the last letter of a word. The following table show the "Tanween" for the letters "Alef", "Ba' " and "Ta' ":
The letters Pronunciation

AN

BON

TIN

Hamza

Download Print

Save Viewing Arabic Text NEW: Arabic Store

Now, you should be wondering about the letter "Hamza" that was the last letter in the table back in lesson 1, well.. this lesson is all about it:

The "Hamza" is one of the three kinds of vowels in Arabic (vowel marks were explained in the previous lesson). It may be the most complicated subject in Arabic scripting, I think that it needs a tutorial on its own (even some Arab natives can't get it right in dictation in some cases). Anyway I'll try to make it as easy as possible giving only the basics, so here we go: First, the "Hamza" is the pronunciation of "U" as in "UGH" (that was the first appropriate word that came to my mind) where ever it is used in a word, this means that the word should be cut at the "Hamza" and an "U" should be pronounced whenever it appears. Let's have an example on this:

Click to listen to the word:

This word is pronounced as "Sa - Al" (Which means "Asked") this means that you should cut the word when you pronounce it into two parts. You pronounce the part before the "Hamza" then you pronounce the second part as a new word (There is no similar case in English. You may consider the word above as two separate words when they are pronounced). There are four forms of the "Hamza" which is decided by the "Tashkeel" of the "Hamza" itself and the "Tashkeel" of the letter that comes just before it whether it is a "Fat-ha", "Dhamma", "kasra" or "Sukun". The following table has an example for each form of the four forms: Audio The example Pronunciation

Mar-aa

lu-u-lu-u

Bi-er

Dif-e

Notes:

When the "Hamza" comes at the beginning of the word, it is always written over an "Alef " or under it depending on the "Tashkeel" of the "Hamza" itself, if it was "Fat-ha" or "Dhama" then the "Hamza" is written over the "Alef". If the "Tashkeel" was "Kasra" then the "Hamza" Is written under the "Alef". The following word "Ana" (which means "me") is written like this :

Click to listen to the word:

The word "Eeman" (which means "faith") is written as follows:

Click to listen to the word:

You should have noticed from that table above that the "Hamza" is written in four different cases depending on the "Tashkeel" of the "Hamza" itself and the "Tashkeel" of the letter just before it. I think that this is what you need to know as a beginner. If you want to learn the rules of writing the "Hamza " then ask me and I'll send them to you via email. Some sources don't consider "Hamza" neither a letter nor a vowel mark, it may be in a category of its own!!!

By now you should have learned all the basics of Arabic language script and some words and sentences, and you should be able to read or write some Arabic words. Now, what is left for you to do is learn Arabic vocabulary and some grammar to be able to create sentences. These tasks need more than a simple on-line tutorial, they need some time and work from you! For vocabulary, I highly recommend getting an Arabic electronic dictionary. If you have any questions on something included in this tutorial (or not !!) just send me a message and I'll be happy to answer them as soon as possible. If you have any thoughts, questions or ideas just tell me about them.

ARABIC ALPHABET- NAMES


In this lesson we will learn the Arabic Alphabet In-Sh-Allh (God Willing). The lesson is designed to teach the names of all the alphabets. Click on the letters to hear how the letter names are pronounced.

Please note that some of these letters are very similar to English letter sounds e.g.: /B/ is very close to the letter 'B' in the English language, this is a useful way to remember the sounds of the letters. However many letters have no equivalent sounds in English e.g.: /ayn/, and some letters have subtle but important differences in pronunciation, e.g.: /H/ which is pronounced with a lot more emphasis in the throat than the letter 'H' in English.

In Arabic, it is preferred to use the 'tanween' ('un') to clarify the pronunciation especially on the final letter of a word. We have used the tanween in the sounds

below. For example - instead of /B/ we have said 'B-un'. The letter name is still /B/ but we have used the 'un' to clarify the pronunciation. Finally, please note that the Arabic script is read from right to left. Please read the letters below starting from the right and reading each letter to the left.

Click on Letters to hear pronunciation

Arabic Character

/Jm/

/Th/

/T/

/B/

/Alif/

Letter Name

th

Letter Sound

Arabic Character

/R/

/Dhl/

/Dl/

/Kh/

//

Letter Name

dh

kh

Letter Sound

Arabic Character

/d/

/d/

/Shn/

/Sn/

/Zy/

Letter Name

sh

Letter Sound

Arabic Character

/F/

/Ghayn/

/ayn/

/Z/

//

Letter Name

gh

Letter Sound

Arabic Character

/Nn/

/Mm/

/Lm/

/Kf/

/Qf/

Letter Name

Letter Sound

Arabic Character

/Y/

/Ww/

/H/

Letter Name

Letter Sound

ARABIC SHORT VOWEL-MARKS OVERVIEW


In Arabic, there are 3 short vowel-marks. We shall learn the long vowel-marks in a later lesson In-Sh-Allh (God willing). The short vowel-marks enable the letter to make a sound in a similar way to the English language. In the same way a word cannot be made in the English language without one of the 5 vowels (a, e, i, o or u), in Arabic one cannot make a word without a vowel being used.

We will cover the 3 vowel-marks in Arabic below In-Sh-Allh (God willing). The vowel-marks are the marks below or above the letter /Dl/ in the examples below. The letter / Dl/ has been used to give you an idea of where the vowel is placed.

The Single Vowel-Marks:

The single vowel-marks are the basic vowel-marks which add a sound similar to that of a, i or u in the English language to the letter. Please click on the letters with the vowel-marks to hear the pronunciation.

Click on Letters to hear pronunciation

Arabic Character

/ammah/

/Kasrah/

/Fatah/

Vowel Name

Vowel Sound

The 'u' in put

The 'i' in sit

The 'a' in /ba/

English word with similar sound

The Double Vowel-Marks: The double vowel-marks signs are an extension of the single vowel-marks. The double vowel signs add the '-n' sound to the single vowel. Please see the letters

below. The /Dl/ has been used to enable us to see the position of the double vowel sign which is called /tanwn/. /Tanwn/ refers to the double form of any vowel, the specific name of the double vowel sign e.g.: double /Fatah/ (Fatatn) is also given below as this is unique for each vowel. Click on the letters with the vowel-marks to hear the pronunciation.

Click on Letters to hear pronunciation

Arabic Character

/ammatn/

/Kasratn/

/Fatatn/

Vowel Name

'un'

'in'

'an'

Vowel Sound

The 'on' in dragon

The 'in' in sin

The 'an' in ran

English word with similar sound

In the next lesson we are going to practice each letter we have covered with each short vowel and long vowel, In-Sh-Allh (God willing).

SHORT VOWEL MARKS- FATAH

In the following 3 lessons, we will learn the Short vowel-marks pronunciation InSh-Allh (God willing). This lesson will also help us to revise the letters we have already learnt in the previous lessons.

The /Fatah/ is the short diagonal stroke above the letter. Please click on the letters to hear how they will sound with the /Fatah/.

Click on Letters to hear pronunciation

SHORT VOWEL MARKS- KASRA


The /Kasrah/ is the short diagonal stroke below the letters. Please click on the letters to hear how they will sound with the /Kasrah/.

Click on Letters to hear pronunciation

ORT VOWEL MARKS- DAMMA


The /ammah/ is the letter which is similar in shape to the Arabic character /ww/ which we learnt earlier. It is placed above the letter. Please click on the letters to hear how they will sound with the /ammah/.

Click on Letters to hear pronunciation

SHORT VOWEL MARKS- FATATAIN


In the following 3 lessons, we will learn the doubled forms of the three vowel-marks, In-Sh-Allh (God-Willing). These differ in pronunciation from the normal vowelmarks in that there is an added '-n' sound e.g. whilst the /Fatah/ makes the 'a' sound, the Fatatain makes the 'an' sound. In this lesson we will cover the /Fatatain/ which makes the 'an' sound In-Sh-Allh (God willing). The /Fatatain/ is written as two /Fatah's/ above the letter. Please click on the letters to hear how they will sound with the /Fatatain/. Unlike the /Kasratain/ and the /ammatain/, the /Fatatain/ has to be followed by Alif in the Arabic writing. Therefore we connect an /Alif/ after each of the letters below when it is signed with /Fatatain/, as in the following table:

Click on Letters to hear pronunciation

SHORT VOWEL MARKS- KASRATAIN


In this lesson we will cover the /Kasratain/ which makes the 'in' sound In-Sh-Allh (God willing). The /Kasratain/ is represented by two /Kasrah's/ below the letter. Please click on the letters to hear how they will sound with the /Kasratain/.

Click on Letters to hear pronunciation

SHORT VOWEL MARKS- AMMATAIN


In this lesson we will cover the /ammatain/ which makes the 'un' sound In-ShAllh (God willing). The /ammatain/ is represented by a /ammah/ with a slight inward 'tail' and is written above the letter. Please click on the letters to hear how they will sound with the /ammatain/.

Click on Letters to hear pronunciation

THE LONG VOWEL MARKS- ALIF AL-MADD


In the following 3 lessons, we shall cover the long vowel-marks In-Sh-Allh (God willing). The long vowel-marks are basically a combination of: o The single vowel.

A letter used to lengthen the sound of the vowel.

The /Alif al-madd/ is the long vowel lengthening the sound of the /Fatah/ from 'a' into 'aa'. We have not covered the joining of letters yet, so just read the letters lengthening the sound. We shall cover the way the letters change shape when joining in a later lesson In-Sh-Allh (God wiling).

Click on Letters to hear pronunciation

THE LONG VOWEL MARKS- YAA AL-MADD


/Yaa al-Madd/ is the long vowel lengthening the sound of the /Kasrah/ from 'i' into 'ee'. We have not covered the joining of letters yet, so just read the letters lengthening the sound, and we shall cover the way the letters change shape when joining in a later lesson In-Sh-Allh (God wiling).

Click on Letters to hear pronunciation

THE LONG VOWEL MARKS- WAAW AL-MADD


/Waaw al-Madd/ is the long vowel lengthening the sound of the /ammah/ from 'u' into 'oo'. We have not covered the joining of letters yet, so just read the letter lengthening the sound, and we shall cover the way the letters change shape when joining in a later lesson In-Sh-Allh (God wiling).

Click on Letters to hear pronunciation

SUKUUN AND SHADDAH


In this lesson we will cover one more diacritical mark (i.e. a mark added to a letter to indicate a special pronunciation) in the Arabic language called the /Sukn/ InSh-Allh (God wiling). The /Sukn/ is in the shape of a circle and is written above a letter to show that there is no vowel on the letter. Hence, we emphasise the letter by stopping in our pronunciation of it. This will require us to join letters. Although we have not covered the rules relating to joining of letters (covered in a later lesson). We will use simple words to demonstrate the usage of the /Sukn/. Please click on the words to hear how they are pronounced. This is a good opportunity for you to learn how to read basic Arabic words. Please don't worry if you find it difficult to read the words by putting the letters together. We will go over reading words in more detail later In-Sh-Allh (God wiling). At this stage focus on the principle of the /Sukn/ and try your best to read the words.

Click on Letters to hear pronunciation

Arabic Word

Nose

From

House

Mosque

Translation

/Anfon/

/Min/

/Baytun/

/Masidun/

Transliteration

We will now cover the /Shaddah/ In-Sh-Allh (God wiling). The /Shaddah/ is a diacritical mark written above a letter to show that the letter has been doubled and therefore increases in emphasis. Once again, please don't worry if you find joining the letters and vowel-marks or reading difficult. Try your best to join the sounds and letters at this stage and pay attention to the sound of the letter which has the /Shaddah/ on it.

Arabic Word

Bear

Duck

Cat

Translation

/Dubbun/

/Baun/

/Qiatun/

Transliteration

ARABIC ALPHABET- JOINED FORM


The joining of the Arabic Alphabet can be a difficult subject to master. The reason for this is that the way a letter joins depends on: o The letter being used (e.g.: /Alif/, /Baa/ etc.) as different rules apply to different letters. o o The position of the letter in the word (i.e. beginning, middle or end). Unique letters - i.e. there are 6 letters which do not join to any other letter (but can be joined to) - this is covered below.

As there are so many different scenarios to remember, it is easier to remember the patterns. The table below shows every scenario, i.e.: how each letter will be written in the beginning, middle and end of a word as well as an example of its joined form and the shape of the letter by itself (as we learnt earlier).

The most common patterns you will find below are: o All letters are written in their full form if they occur at the end of a word, some may slightly change shape. o Most letters do join to other letters in front of them, however, there are six letters which do not join to any letter after them, these letters are:

There are groups of letters which have similar shapes in individual (i.e. as learnt earlier). These groups are also similar in joined form (e.g. /B/, /T/ and /Th/). The only difference in these letters is the number or positions of dots around the letter.

By Itself

Joined

End

Middle

Beginning

Letter

/Alif/

/B/

/T/

/Th/

//m

//

//Kh

//Dl

//Dhl

//R

//Zy

//Sn

//Shn

//d

//d

//

//Dh

//ayn

//Ghayn

//F

//Qf

//Kf

//Lm

//Mm

//Nn

//H

//Ww

//Y

Whilst it is important to make an effort to look at the forms above, it is sometimes easier to look for the patterns rather than each individual letter. For example, the following groups of letters are very similar in their joined forms, in most cases the only difference is the position or number of dots used in the letters: o o o o o /B/, /Taa/ and /Th/ /m/, /Ha/ and /Kh/ /Sn/ and /Shn/ /d/ and /d/ // and /Dh/

Finally, to master the different forms of joining will take some time and it is important to practice writing whilst learning the Arabic language to become familiar with the script. This will come with practice In-Sh-Allh (God willing), so it is not necessary to have mastered all the letters joining forms before moving on. Please move on to the next lesson after you have familiarised yourself to a reasonable level of the joined forms above. In the next lesson we will use some examples to practice and familiarise ourselves with the joined form of letters In-Sh-Allh (God willing

ARABIC READING PRACTICE 1


In this lesson we will practice some examples that we covered earlier. Please read from right to left. The first column shows the letters individually. To hear the sound of each letter which forms the word, click on the letter. To hear the full word pronounced, click on the word in the column Final Form.

Pay careful attention to how letters are joined. Remember letters can have different shapes depending on whether they are in the beginning, middle or end of a word.

Final Form

Changed Form

(i.e. how the Meaning letters will look

(i.e. to see how each Letters on their own letter has changed -

when joined)

joined form)

He Sat.

He wrote.

He drank.

He went out.

He opened.

He understood.

We will continue practicing joining letters and reading in the next lesson In-ShAllh (God wil

ARABIC READING PRACTICE 2


In this part we will continue practising joining letters and reading, In-Sh-Allh (God willing).

Final Form Changed Form (i.e. how the letters Meaning will look when has changed - joined form) joined) (i.e. to see how each letter Letters on their own

He went.

He took.

Pen

Boy

Man

Camel

In this lesson we have covered some very basic words in Arabic to practise joining the letters and the sounds that they make. In the next lesson we will practice some more words which will include long vowel-marks, /Sukn/ and /Shaddah/ which we covered in earlier lessons In-Sh-Allh (God willing).

ARABIC READING PRACTICE 3


In this lesson we will continue practising joining letters and reading, In-Sh-Allh (God willing). We will also practice reading words with: o /Sukn/ - We should pronounce the letter sound with no vowel sound i.e. /Sukn/ acts like a stop.

/Shaddah/ - We should increase emphasis on the letter which has the /Shaddah/.

Long vowel-marks - As we learnt in previous lessons there are 3 long vowelmarks; these lengthen the sound of the single vowel-marks.

Final Form Changed Form (i.e. how the letters Meaning will look when has changed - joined form) joined) (i.e. to see how each letter Letters on their own

Mosque

Star

Cat

Bed

Key

Donkey

We shall continue practising reading more words in the next lesson. Remember, the more practice you do, the better your Arabic will be Insha'Allah (God will

ARABIC READING PRACTICE 4


In this part we will continue practising joining letters and reading, In-Sh-Allh (God willing).

Changed Form

Meaning

Final Form

(i.e. to see how each letter

Letters on their own

has changed - joined form)

Rich

Chair

Teacher

Sharp

City

Lazy

We shall continue reading one more group of words in the next lesson In-Sh-Allh (God willing). The words in the next lesson will be more difficult, however, the Arabic Language course will start with basic words so please try to familiarise yourself with the principles of reading the Arabic text as there will be an opportunity to practice further in the Arabic Language course

ARABIC READING PRACTICE 5


In this lesson we will continue practising joining letters and reading, In-Sh-Allh (God willing).

Changed Form

Meaning

Final Form

(i.e. to see how each letter has

Letters on their own

changed - joined form)


Nurse

Farmer

Spoon

Iron (for ironing)

Coffee

You have now completed the Arabic Reading Course. If you feel you need more practice before moving on to the Arabic Language Course then please revise the lessons where you feel you need improvement. In the Arabic Language Course the lessons begin with very basic words so if you have grasped the ability to read the Arabic script in this course then you should find the Arabic Language Course easier to understand In-Sh-Allh (God willing). Please click here to move on to the Arabic Language Course.

Introduction -

Please read the sentences below. After completing the sentences we shall go over the rules for this lesson.

In Part 1 of Lesson 1 we learn how to use the pronoun

which means 'This' but is

(called the demonstrative pronoun in grammar). /Hdh/ is pronounced

written without the first /alif/. The second word is the noun (object) being referred

to, e.g.:

means house.

Please click on the words to hear speech, i.e. how the words should be pronounced.

This is a book

This is a mosque

This is a door

This is a house

Arabic has no word which is equal to the English word "is" which is referred to as a copula in grammar. We can see this rule demonstrated above where we see the

words for

and the noun/predicate

being referred to without any

copula. i.e.

If read literally this sentence would read "This a

mosque", however, the word "is" can be implied in this sentence so that it reads "This is a mosque". There is no word in Arabic corresponding to "a" in English as in: "This is a book". The n-sound, i.e. the /tanwn/ (doubled vowel sign) at the end of the Arabic noun (kitbu-n, baitu-n, masidu-n) is the Arabic indefinite article corresponding to the English "a/an".

Please click on the button for part 2 below to move onto the next section where we will practice this principle further In-Sh-Allh (God-willing

Lesson 1

...

This is -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Continued...
In-Sh-Allh (God-willing), we will continue practicing with some more examples of

using the phrase /hdh/

which means 'This is'.

Please click on the words to hear speech, i.e. how the words should be pronounced.

This is a pen.

This is a chair.

This is a key.

This is a bed.

This is a desk.

We have learnt how to say 'This is' using the phrase /hdh/. Now, we will learn how to say 'What is this?' to ask a question followed by the answers to the questions InSh-Allh (God-willing). Please click on part 3 below to proceed.

Continued

In this part of lesson 1 we will learn the phrase

which means "What's

this". We shall then answer the questions with the phrase we learnt in the earlier

parts, i.e. /hdh/

. .....which means "Is this...?", for example

We will also learn the phrase

which means "Is this a house?.


In addition, we will learn the words for Yes and No in Arabic to answer these

questions. The word for Yes in Arabic is

,and the word for No in Arabic is .

As we have already learnt, the Arabic script is read from right to left, please read the sentences below from right to left.

Please click on the words to hear speech, i.e. how the words should be pronounced.

Picture

Answer

Question

This is a house.

What is this?

This is a shirt.

What is this?

No, this is a pen.

Is this a key?

Yes, this is a house.

Is this a house?

No, this is a chair.

Is this a bed?

This is a star.

What is this?

In the next parts we will learn the phrase

which means "Who is this?"

followed by some more sentences to revise what we have learnt in this lesson, InSh-Allh (God willing

Exercise

In this part of the lesson, we will test the knowledge that we have learnt in this lesson so far.

Choose the correct answer for each of the following questions. Please click on the correct option for each question below. Upon completion, click on the Mark button to see the correct answers and to obtain your mark.

In this exercise you will not be given the meaning of sentences, please visit the earlier parts of lesson 1 to learn the meanings if necessary.

Question 1

Question 2

Question 3

Question 4

Question 5

Question 6

Exercise

We will continue to test the knowledge that we have learnt so far in this part of the lesson In-Sh-Allh (God willing).

Choose the correct answer for each of the following questions. Please click on the correct option for each question below. Upon completion, click on the Mark button to see the correct answers and to obtain your mark.

In this exercise you will not be given the meaning of sentences, please visit the earlier parts of lesson 1 to learn the meanings if necessary.

Question 2 Question 1

Question 3

Question 4

Exercise

We have practiced reading words and learning phrases and grammar. However, it is very important to learn how to write Arabic while you are learning the

language. Please read the sentences below and write them down on a piece of paper. You have already learnt what the sentences below mean in the earlier parts of the lesson so try to remember what they mean also. In Arabic, more experienced readers do not require the vowel-marks or diacritical marks to read the word. We have started lesson 1 showing all the vowel-marks, for

example

(house)

where

we

can

see

the

/fatah/,

/sukn/

and

/ammah/. However, with experience, we know from a combination of the letters used and the context of the sentence what the word actually means. Below, the words will appear without vowel-marks or diacritical marks (e.g. /sukn/, /fatah/,

/kasrah/ etc). Hence, the word will be written in Arabic as

Please click on the words to hear speech, i.e. how the words should be pronounced.

Read and Write

: . .

. .

. .

In the next part of this lesson we will learn the phrase

which means

"Who is this?" followed by some more sentences to revise what we have learnt in this lesson, In-Sh-Allh (God willing).

Lesson 1

...

This is -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Who is this? -

which means 'Who is this?'. We

In this section we shall cover the phrase

shall then answer the questions and learn some more words, In-Sh'-Allh (God willing).

Please click on the words to hear speech, i.e. how the words should be pronounced.

Picture

Answer

Question

This is a doctor.

Who is this?

This is a boy.

Who is this?

This is a student.

Who is this?

This is a man.

Who is this?

This is a merchant.

Who is this

Lesson 1

...

This is -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Continued
In this section we shall cover a number of the phrases we have already learnt and we shall learn some new vocabulary.

Please click on the words to hear speech, i.e. how the words should be pronounced.

Picture

Answer

Question

This is a dog.

What is this?

This is a cat.

What is this?

This is a donkey.

What is this?

This is a horse.

What is this?

This is a rooster.

What is this?

This is a camel.

What is this?

Lesson 1

This is -

...

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Revision

In this section we shall cover a number of the phrases we have already learnt and we shall learn some new vocabulary In-Sh'-Allh (God willing).

Please click on the words to hear speech, i.e. how the words should be pronounced.

Picture

Answer

Question

.
Low Bandwidth

This is a teacher.

Who is This?

.
Low Bandwidth

No, this is a toilet paper (handkerchief).

Is this a shirt?

In the next part of this lesson we will practice writing and reading skills, In-Sh'Allh (God willing). Please write out the following words below including their translation. It is important to practice writing in the duration of this course and to be able to read without translations. If you are unsure what the words below mean, please revisit the previous sections of this lesson, all the words below have already been covered earlier.

You will also notice that the words below do not have vowel-marks, i.e. /ammah/, /kasrah/ and /fatah/. The vowel-marks have been deliberately omitted because when you read Arabic in normal literature, vowel-marks are seldom used. The context and your experience of words will enable you to read the word properly. The words below should be apparent without the vowel-marks as we have covered them several times already.

Read and Write

() () . . () () . . () ()

. ()

() .

. () ()

You have now completed lesson 1. To summarise, the areas we have covered are:

The Demonstrative Pronoun -

' This is'

The particle

as in ...i.e. 'Is This a...?'

The word

which means 'what' as in' - What is this?' and respectively.

The words for Yes and No -

The word

which means 'who' as in ' - Who is this?'

Several new words - these have to be memorised as vocabulary is very important to learn the Arabic language. The following table shows the new words that we learnt so far in this lesson:

Vocabulary Revision

This (this is)

Home

Door

Mosque

Book

Key

Chair

Pen

Desk

Bed

Shirt

Star

Doctor

Boy

Student

Man

Merchant

Teacher

Handkerchief

Dog

Cat (masculine)

Donkey

Horse

Rooster

Camel

Yes

No

If you feel confident with the lesson covered, please move on to the next lesson

where we will cover the Demonstrative Pronoun

which means 'That is. The

next lesson is a short and relatively straightforward lesson, In-Sh'-Allh (God willing). Please click on next lesson button below to go to lesson two.

Now that you have covered this lesson, please also try some of the additional features we have including:

Discussion Forum Discuss the grammatical topics learnt and any areas of confusion.

Vocabulary Flashcards Practice your vocabulary by category.

Questions Flashcards Practice questions related to the grammatical topics covered in the lessons.

We will be updating the features above to help you throughout the course In-Sh-Allh (God willing). LESSON 2

That is.... -

...

Part
1 2

Introduction -


which means 'That' (called a

In Part 1 of Lesson 2 we learn the noun

demonstrative pronoun in grammar). /dhlika/ is used to refer to objects that are further away whereas /hdh/ is used to refer to objects that are closer.

Please click on the words to hear speech, i.e. how the words should be pronounced.

Picture

Answer

Question

That is a star.

What is That?

This is a mosque and

What is this and what is

that is a house.

that?

This is a horse and that

What is this and what is

is a donkey.

that?

No, that is a cat.

Is that a dog?

That is a bed.

What is That?

This is a teacher and

Who is this and who is

that is an imam.

that?

LESSON 2

...

That is.... -

Part
1 2

Continued

In-Sh'-Allh (God willing), we will continue practising the demonstrative pronoun /dhlika/ which refers to objects that are further away.

Please click on the words to hear speech, i.e. how the words should be pronounced.

Picture

Answer

Question

That is a rock.

What is That?

.
What is this and what is that?

This is sugar and that is milk.

Please read the words below and then write them down on a piece of paper. Once again, this will enable you to practice writing Arabic which is a very important part of learning the language.

Read and Write

. .

Vocabulary Revision

English Translation

Arabic

Milk

Sugar

Rock

Imam (Muslim Prayer Leader)

Please move onto the next lesson where we cover the use of the definite article (i.e. 'the').

Now that you have covered this lesson, please also try some of the additional features we have including:

Discussion Forum Discuss the grammatical topics learnt and any areas of confusion.

Vocabulary Flashcards Practice your vocabulary by category.

Questions Flashcards Practice questions related to the grammatical topics covered in the lessons.

We will be updating the features above to help you throughout the course In-ShAllh (God willing).

Introduction -

which corresponds to the

In this lesson we will learn about the definite article

word 'The' in the English Language (known as the definite article in grammar as it refers to a specific object). Take particular note of the change in the vowel ending when a word is changed to its definite form, i.e. the /tanwn/ (double vowel) which represents indefinite form e.g. (a house) has been changed to a single /ammah/. It is hence also important to remember that a word can never take /alif lm/ at the beginning and /tanwn/ at the same time (i.e. it can never be both indefinite and definite at the same time). Remember to always start reading the examples below from right to left. The first example below will illustrate the change from indefinite form (e.g. a house) to definite form (e.g. the house).

Please click on the words to hear speech, i.e. how the words should be pronounced.

The mosque: A mosque

The book: A book

The pen: A pen

The house: A house

LESSON 3

Definite Article

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Continued

We will study some practical sentences using the definite article

which

corresponds to 'the' in the English language In-Sh'-Allh (God-Willing).

Please click on the words to hear speech

Picture

Answer

Question

The pen is broken.

The door is open.

The boy is sitting and the

teacher is standing.

We shall continue with some more practical sentences, please make an effort to memorise the words and common sentence structures.

Please click on the words to hear speech.

Picture

English

Arabic

The book is new and the pen is old.

The donkey is small and

the horse is big.


The chair is broken.

The handkerchief is dirty.

The water is cold.

The moon is beautiful.


The house is near and the mosque is far away.


The stone is heavy and the

paper is light.

The milk is hot.

The shirt is clean.

LESSON 3

Definite Article

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Exercise

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the principles we have learnt In-Sh'-Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and using the on-screen keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use full diacritics in your answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with

a vowel)

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it

comes with hamzah).

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answer and to get your mark.

For more instructions click here.

The Arabic sentence above means "Read and write the following words again with the correct endings". In each of the words below simply type the word again using the keyboard (as above) with the vowel-marks and punctuation, e.g. /masid/ = masidun/ as below:

Remember: a word can be either definite (with /alif lm/ but not /tanwn/) or indefinite (with no /alif lm/ but with /tanwn/). The proper pronunciation (and hence answers) can be heard by clicking on the speaker image by the sentences, but please don't click on these until you have attempted to complete the exercise so that you may benefit In-Sh'-Allh (God willing).

LESSON 3

Definite Article

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Exercise

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the principles we have learnt In-Sh'-Allh (God willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and using the on-screen keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use full diacritics in your answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with

a vowel)

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it

comes with hamzah).

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answer and to get your mark.

For more instructions click here.

The Arabic sentence above means "Read and write". In each of the sentences below simply type the words again using the keyboard as in the previous questions and including the vowel-marks which have been omitted. Once again, upon completing the exercise you can click on the speakers by each sentence to hear the correct pronunciation and hence answers.

LESSON 3

Definite Article

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Exercise

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the principles we have learnt In-Sh'-Allh (God willing).

Fill in the blanks in the questions below by using one of the possible options in the top section (below). Click on the question you would like to answer (this will be highlighted), then click on the correct option from the blocks above the questions area to complete the answer you will find the blank in the question is replaced with your selected option. Upon completing all the questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answers and obtain your mark.

The Arabic sentence above means "Fill in the blanks with the words given". For each of the sentences, type out the full sentence using the words below - e.g. for the first question, click on the question and type as below (include vowel-marks).


The words to use to complete the sentences are: Once again - by clicking on the speakers you can hear the correct answer to the question. Please do not do this until you have attempted the exercise.

..... ..... .....

..... ..... .....

LESSON 3

Definite Article

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Exercise

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the principles we have learnt In-Sh'-Allh (God willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and using the on-screen keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use full diacritics in your answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with

a vowel)

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it

comes with hamzah).

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answer and to get your mark.

For more instructions click here.

The Arabic sentence above means "Fill in the blanks with a suitable word". For each of the questions below, type out the full sentence starting with the word in the bracket followed by the word noted. E.g. for the first question, click on the question and type as below (include vowel-marks). Once again, the sound has been included (click on the speaker icon by the sentence to hear the sound) but once again please only listen to the sentences after doing the exercises.

.........
(The pen)

.........
(The handkerchief)

.........
(The mosque)

.........
(The water)

.........
(The teacher)

.........
(The moon)

.........
(The stone)

.........
(The student)

.........
(The bed)

.........
(The house)

The Moon and Sun Letters -

In this section we will learn some new vocabulary and we shall also learn the rules relating to the sun and moon letters. The most important point to understand with this rule is that it governs the spoken (pronunciation) Arabic and not the written word.

Arabic has 28 letters. Of these 14 letters are called Solar Letters, and the other 14 are called Lunar letters. In the articulation (speaking) of the Solar letters, the tip or blade of the tongue is involved as in t, n, r, s, etc. The tip or blade of the tongue does not play any part in the articulation of the Lunar Letters as in b, w, m, k etc.

When /alif-lm/ al is prefixed to a noun beginning with a Solar letter, the l of al is assimilated (joined) to the Solar Letter, e.g. al-shamsu (the sun) is pronounced /ash-shamsu/.

No change takes place in writing

The assimilation is indicated by the

/shaddah/ on the first letter of the noun after al. No such assimilation takes place with the Lunar Letters, e.g. /al-qamaru/ (the moon)

is pronounced /al-qamaru/

.Here are some more examples of the assimilation

of the l of al to the Solar Letters (don't worry about the meanings of the words yet):

o o o o

/al-namu/ becomes /an-namu/. /al-raulu/ becomes /ar-raulu/. /al-dku/ becomes /ad-dku/. /al-samaku/ becomes /as-samaku/.

Note that the a of al is pronounced only when it is not preceded by another word. If it is preceded by a word it is dropped in pronunciation, though it remains in writing, e.g. /wal-baitu/. Here the a is dropped and the phrase is pronounced /walbaitu/ not /wa al-baitu/. To indicate this omission in pronunciation, this sign: ( is placed above the /alif/. )

The initial vowel (a, i, or u) which is omitted when preceded by a word is called /hamazatu l-wasl/.

We have learnt that the /tanwn/ is the indefinite article, and it is to be translated as

a e.g.:

means a house. "broken".

This rule does not apply to adjectives like

"open", and

LESSON 3

Definite Article

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Exercise

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the principles we have learnt In-Sh'-Allh (God willing).

Choose a word from column

that can be used to complete the sentence in column that you would like to answer (this will be highlighted) .
Upon completing all possible

Click on a word in column

then click on its suitable complement in column

questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answer and obtain your mark.

)()(

The sentence above means "Match the words in

with those in

Please write the following answers with a pen and paper joining the letters. It is important that you practice your writing skills in the duration of this course to master the language In-Sh'-Allh (God willing).

( )

()

LESSON 3

Definite Article

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Continued...
The sentence above means "The Moon and The Sun Letters". See section 7 (which should have already been covered) if you do not already understand the rules relating to the sun and the moon letters. Remember, this rule affects the

pronunciation of the word and not the written form. Please listen carefully to the

pronunciation. Pay attention to how in the Sun Letters

, the

/lm/ of /alif-lm/ is assimilated to the first letter in pronunciation. The table below covers each letter in the Arabic alphabet along with an example of a word which starts with that letter under the relevant column depending on whether it is a sun or moon letter.

The Sun Letters

The Moon Letters

(): (): ():

(): (): ():

(): (): (): (): (): (): (): ():

(): (): (): (): (): (): (): ():

(): (): ():

(): (): ():

LESSON 3

Definite Article

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Exercise

The sentence above says: "Read and write the words keeping in mind the rules pertaining to the Solar and Lunar Letters". Once again, please write the words below with a pen and paper and read the words prior to clicking on them below to hear the correct pronunciation. As these words have already been covered before, the vowelmarks and diacritical marks (e.g. /fatah/, /kasrah/, /ammah/, /sukn/ etc) have not been used over the letters. This is the way standard Arabic is written and it is important to get used to this.

EXERCISE:

3 LESSON

Definite Article

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 01 11

Revision -

Vocabulary Revision

Sweet

Sick

Shop

Rich

Tall

Poor

Short

Apple

Cold

Hot

Sitting

Standing

New

Old

Near

Far Away

Clean

Dirty

Small

Big

Light

Heavy

Paper

Water

Beautiful

Now that you have covered this lesson, please also try some of the additional features we have including:

Discussion Forum Discuss the grammatical topics learnt and any areas of confusion.

Vocabulary Flashcards Practice your vocabulary by category.

Questions Flashcards Practice questions related to the grammatical topics covered in the lessons.

We will be updating the features above to help you throughout the course In-ShAllh (God willing).

Lesson 4

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Introduction -

In this lesson we will learn the following things: o The rules for using prepositions (the words used to connect two or more words or sentences) and the four most common prepositions (Click on the Arabic words to hear the correct pronunciation of that word).

English

Arabic

English

Arabic

In

On

From

To

The rule for the use of interrogative expressions - i.e. the sentences used to ask the questions, and some of the interrogative (questioning) words like:

English

Arabic

English

Arabic

Where

Is

What

Who

Some of the Personal pronouns - e.g.:

English

Person

Gender

Arabic

1st

(person

Masculine/Feminine

speaking)

2nd

You

(person being

Masculine

spoken to)

2nd

You

(person being

Feminine

spoken to)

3rd

(person being He spoken about Masculine

i.e. not present)

3rd

(person being She spoken about Feminine

i.e. not present)

The difference between the masculine and the feminine words and their punctuation and the three ways of changing a masculine noun to the feminine.

English

Arabic Symbol

Arabic

By adding /ta marbta/

By adding /alif maqra/

By adding /alif mamdda/

The difference between the nominal sentences (starting originally- with a noun) and the verbal sentences (starting originally- with a verb):

The Nominal Sentence Grammatical term /Al umla tul Ismiyya/

The Verbal Sentence

/Al umla tul Filiyya/


Arabic

Transliteration

/Ahmadu dhahaba ilal miati/

/Dhahaba Ahmadu ilal miati/

Literally Reading

Ahmad went to the university

Went Ahmad to the university

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 4

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

The Cases

An important part of learning any language is to learn the grammar. Grammar is the stud form sentences. For example, we may learn that: o o A word is written differently in the past tense as compared to the future tense. A word referring to a person may be different depending on the gender (male or called. o A sentence starting with a verb (action word - e.g. run, eat, drink) has different with a noun (object, place or thing - e.g. cat, door, man).

Whilst the examples above are simple, one has to make an effort to understand gramma

part of the language and becomes more complicated later on - in particular relating to ver

to focus on the rules - e.g. what happens in each circumstance and over time the te become easier (both in Arabic and English) - In-Sh'-Allh (God willing).

This should be balanced with an effort to increase your vocabulary and general understa goal will be to help you to take the rules gradually and understand how they relate to begin to understand the language In-Sh'-Allh (God-Willing).

Cases of the nouns in the Arabic Language: o

A noun in Arabic grammar has three 'cases' which are called nominative, accusative cover the Arabic terms for these a bit later).

Something will cause a word to be in one of these 'cases'. For example, wher subject noun, the noun will be in nominative case.

There will be a consequence of a word being in a certain 'case'. In each of these

word will change to a different vowel - e.g. if the noun is in genitive case as a res

letter of that noun will change from a /ammah/ to a /kasrah/ (this is assuming th the same vowel in which case no change will occur). o See below for a summary of the cases and the signs used for each of these cases: o

A word being in the nominative case will end (originally) with a /ammah/ o

A word being in the accusative case will end (originally) with a /fatah/ or /f

A word being in the genitive case will (originally) end with a /kasrah/ or /kas

At this stage it is important to understand the principle that there are causes of a

case and consequences of a word being in a certain case - i.e. the change in the for o

The rules of what causes a word to be in each case and what consequences arise in

and repeated throughout the course, there are many such rules and these are an im

Arabic language. Below you will find a summary of the terms used for each of the c

Case

Arabic term

Arabic term (Transliteration)

Consequen

Nominative

A word in this c Hlat-ur-raf

(originally) in a /

,/ammata

A word in this c

Accusative

Hlat-un-nab

(originally)

/fatah/,/fata

A word in this c

Genitive

Hlat-ul-arr

(originally)

/kasrah/,/kasr

In the next part of the lesson we will learn about some prepositions used commonly in t Allh (God willing). We will also learn the rules for their application.

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 4

Part
1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

The Prepositions -

In this lesson we will learn about some of the prepositions, In-Sh'-Allh (God willing). A

shows the relation of one word to another. For example, "....the key is in the car...." table....". Some of the most common prepositions are:

Preposition (English)

Preposition (Arabic)

In

On

From

To

We will also learn about the rule applied for the use of prepositions in Arabic Language. Th for the use of prepositions:

1. A preposition (

- called /harf ul arr/ in Arabic) is a single letter or

nouns, or a verb and a noun to form a sentence. As above this is generally showing another. It always precedes a word and never follows the word. 2. A preposition always comes before a noun and it does not come before a verb.

3. The noun following a preposition is changed from nominative case to genitive cas

letter of the word will be changed from a /ammah/ or /ammatain/ to a /kasrah/ o

4. The noun followed by a preposition is called /Marr/

which means th

change in its case (from nominative to genitive case) as mentioned in the previous

Lets look at an example (please read from right to left):

Phrase (preposition before word)

Word without preposition

Preposition

In the house

The house

In

We can see here that the preposition has caused the last letter of

to change to.

5. When a proposition precedes an indefinite noun (e.g. "a house"), the noun is affec learnt earlier, a noun which is indefinite takes two /ammahs/ (ammatain) and is

The two /ammahs/ change to two /kasrahs/ (kasratain) when a preposition com examine the example as above with relation to an indefinite noun:

Phrase (preposition before word)

Word without preposition

Preposition

In a house

A house

In

Some more examples can be found below.

Picture:

Phrase with preposition

Phrase without prepositio

In a kitchen

A Kitchen

To a mosque

A Mosque

From a house

A house

On a book

A book

In this part of the lesson we will study some practical sentences using the preposition relating to prepositions.

In Arabic language when it is required to make a noun definite,

is added to that noun

previous lessons about the solar and the lunar letters.

However when a preposition comes before a definite word the /alif/ - i.e. "a" sound - of

pronounced. Please note that the "a" of "al" is pronounced only when it is not preceded b "al" is preceded by any word the letter "a" is dropped and hence not pronounced.

So we will read the sentence as /Fil Baiti/ and not /Fee Al baiti/ but this rule is applicable i

writing the sentence - i.e. the /alif/ will still be written but not pronounced in spoken langu

Please click on the words to hear speech, i.e. how the words should be prono

Picture

Translation

Transliteration

Arab

The moon is in the /Alhillu fis Sam-i/ sky.

To the door

/Ilal bbi/

From the teacher

/Minal muddarrisi/


/Almiftu alal The key is on the book kitbi/

We shall continue with some more practical sentences, please make an effort to memor sentence structures.

Please click on the words to hear speech.

Picture

Translation

Arabic

A horse in the farm

The man is from India.


The lion is on a rock.

.
The boy is in the garden.

In the next part of the lesson we will go over some interrogative expressions (i.e. e questions) covering the areas you have learnt in this lesson In-Sh'-Allh (God willing).

Part
1

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 4

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

The Interrogation -

In this part of lesson 4 we will learn about the formation of the interrogative (questioning (God-Willing).

We know that "Interrogative expression is the term used to refer to a group of word

question (e.g. Where is the book? What is on the book? Is the key on the book? Who

interrogative expressions and the words which are used to ask a question are called the we cover below:

Interrogative Article

... ... ...

Where?

What?

Is?

Who?

...

Take a look of the following examples of interrogative expressions:

Picture

Translation

Transliteration

Arab

Where is the key?

/Ainal miftu?/


/Mdh alal What is on the book? kitbi?/


/A miftun alal Is a key on the book? kitbi?/


Who is in the kitchen? /Man fil mabakhi?/


/Mdh alal What is on the rock? aari?/

The following are the rules governed for the use of the interrogative articles (i.e. words us as where?, what? etc.):

When an interrogative article comes before a noun, it will take the nominative case changed to a /ammah/ (if it is not already a /ammah/).

Case

Rule

Arabic

Interrogative Article

The definite noun will take one /ammah/ on its ending letter

proceeding a definite noun


Interrogative Article The noun without the definite article will take two /ammahs/ on proceeding a noun without

definite Article

its ending letter

The preposition will not take the

Interrogative Article

nominative case when preceded by

preceding a preposition

interrogative article - see below for

the reasons for this.

A definite noun preceded by an interrogative article will take one /ammah/ and the in /ammahs/).

However when a preposition is preceded by an interrogative article, it will not take the

letter will remain with the same ending sound. This is because the preposition is indec

change its ending - this is an important principle - we will learn in Arabic that some rul over other rules).

Please take a careful look to the ending vowels of the nouns in both the interrogative (que answering expressions in the text below.

Please click on the words to hear speech, i.e. how the words should be prono

Picture

Translation

Arabic


Where is Muhammad?

Muhammad is in the room.


And where is Yasir?

Yasir is in the wash room.


Where is Aminah?

Aminah is in the kitchen.


Where is the book?

The book is on the desk.


And where is the watch?

The watch is on the bed.


Is Muhammad in the wash room?

No, but in the room.

Who is in the Kitchen?

Aminah is in the kitchen.


What is on the bed?

The watch is on the bed.

In the next part of the lesson we will have multiple questions /In-Sh'-Allh/ (God-Willing of the principles we have learnt so far.

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 4

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

16

Exercise

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the princip Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use fu answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with a vowe

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it comes .

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answe

For more instructions click here.

The Arabic sentence above means "Read and write specifying the vowel ending of th

questions below, type out the full word or the sentence but include the vowel marks whi ends of the words.

Once again, the sound has been included (click on speaker icon by sentence to hear) but o to the sentences after doing the exercises.

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us |

| Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 4

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Exercise

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the princip Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use fu answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with a vowe

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it comes

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answe

For more instructions click here.

The Arabic sentence above means "Answer the following questions". In each of the sen

the questions based on the material you have covered in this lesson so far using the k

lesson and including the vowel-marks. Once again, upon completing the exercise you c each sentence to hear the correct pronunciation and hence answers.


(On the rock)


(On the bed)

(Yasir)

(Muhammad)


(No, but in the bath room)

(Yes, Aminah is in the kitc


(The watch)


(The book)

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 4

Part
1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

The masculine and the feminine -

In Arabic both living things and inanimate (non-living) things are treated as either masculi

In this part of the lesson /In-Sh'-Allh/ (God willing) we will learn about the masculine a

will also learn how to change a masculine word into a feminine word. There are thre

masculine word to a feminine word when added on the end of a masculine word and they a

English Symbol of feminine word Feminine Masculine Feminine


Female student Male student

)(

Left (for feminine words)

Left

)(

Noble woman

Noble man

)(

It should be remembered that the penultimate (second to last) letter of a feminine word al Following are some examples to better understand the above mentioned rules:

Picture

Translation

Transliteration

Ara

I am a doctor.

/An abbun/

I am a female student.

/An libatun/

You are a male /Anta mudarrisun/ teacher.

You are a lady doctor.

/Anti abbatun/

He is an engineer.

/Huwa muhandisun/

She is a female nurse.

/Hiya mumarriatun/


Aminah is in the /minatu fil mabakhi/ kitchen.

Where are you from?

/Min ayna anta/

I am from China. /Ana min-a ni/

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 4

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Exercise

In this part of the lesson we will have some exercises in order to test your knowledge of w

Choose a word from column

that can be used to complete the sentence in column .

Clic

that you would like to answer (this will be highlighted) then click on its suitable complement in c

completing all possible questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answer and obtain

)()(

The sentence above means choose a word from column

that can be used to complete a

column . To make this task slightly easier we have put English words in brackets in co

that need to be chosen from the Arabic words in column

Please write the following answers with a pen and paper joining the letters. It is impo writing skills in the duration of this course to master the language Insha'Allah.

( )

()

(sick)

(young)

(standing)

(Tall)

(Tall)

(Broken)

(Open)

(Closed)

(New)

(Old)

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madin

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 4

Part
1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

The Nominal Sentence -

In Arabic language there are two types of sentences: o o

The Nominal Sentence meaning /Al umla tul Ismiyya/ - this sentence starts (mostl

The Verbal Sentence meaning /Al umla tul Feliyya/ - this sentence starts (mostly)

Please read the following carefully and note the difference between the sentences:

The Nominal Sentence

The Verbal Sentenc

"Al umla tul Ismiyya"

"Al umla tul Feliyy


Arabic

Transliteration

/Amadu dhahaba ilal /miati/

Dhahaba Amadu ilal /m

Literally Reading

Ahmad went to the university

Went Ahmad to the univ


Arabic

Transliteration

Al mudarrisu kharaa min falin

Kharaa al mudarrisu min

Literally Reading

The teacher went out of a class

Went out the teacher of a

Two of the sentences in the above table are the nominal sentences and the other two are

A nominal sentence is called /al umla tul Ismiyya/ and a verbal sentence is called /al uml A nominal sentence /al umla tul Ismiyya/ follows the following rules:

o o

It (originally) starts with a noun or a pronoun.

It has two parts. The first part is the subject of the sentence and is called /Mubt the predicate and called /Khabar/.

The subject /Mubtada/ should always be a noun or a pronoun but it is not necessar to be a noun or a pronoun so it may or may not be a noun.

Each of the subject /Mubtada/ and the predicate /Khabar/ are originally in the n

letter takes a single /ammah/ if definite (with definite article /al/) and takes t (without the definite article al). o

/Mubtada/ is the subject of the sentence i.e., it represents a person or thing whic

and the /Khabar/ is the description or the explanation of the /Mubtada/ e.g., w

standing then Muhammad is the subject and "is standing" describes his condition is the case with Arabic sentences. The subject is highlighted in red below, the predicate.

Translation

Transliteration

Arabic

Ahmad is a student

/Amadu libun/

He is a good student.

/Huwa libun ayyidun/


Muhammad went out of the /Muhammadun kharaa minal miati/ university.


Khalid is in the hospital. /Khlidun fil mustashf/

In the above sentences all the words appearing in red are the /Mubtada/ which must be remaining parts of the sentences in black are the /khabar/. A /mubtada/ must be in the originally- single /ammah/ when definite and two /ammas/ when indefinite.

Therefore the subject /Mubtada/ is always a single noun or pronoun, while the predic following types:

Types of /Khabar/

English

Arabic

A Noun Muhammad is a student. /Ismun/

A nominal Sentence Ahmad, his father is intelligent. /umla Ismiyya/

A verbal Sentence Khalid went to the hospital. /umla Filiyya/

An expression with a

preposition

Fatima is in the kitchen.

/r wa Marr/

When the /Khabar/, is a nominal sentence (/umla ismiyyah/), a verbal sentence (/umla

phrase ( /r wa marr/) it will not be signed with the main sign of the nomina

/ammatain/) because each word in these structures will be signed according to its sentence.

In this section we have learnt many principles and rules. Please go over this section a few

learnt are very important for understanding later lessons. Please remember that revision

the learning process and you have to have a foundation to build upon and progress. If th

learning the language will become more difficult. Our goal is to make the learning p

enjoyable one, In-Sh'-Allh (God willing). We will continue revising these principles everything is not clear or understood at this stage.

In the next part of the lesson /In-Sh'-Allh/ we will take some exercises to test your und

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User Mat | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | Help | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 4

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Exercises on the Nominal Sentence -

In this section we will have multiple questions /In-Sh'-Allh/ (God-Willing), to test you principles we have learnt.

Fill in the blanks in the questions below by using one of the possible options in the top sectio

question you would like to answer (this will be highlighted), then click on the correct option fro

questions area to complete the answer you will find the blank in the question is replaced w Upon completing all the questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answers and

enter the answers to the questions below using the keyboard and mark your answers by pre buttons.

The Arabic sentence above means "Add an appropriate Khabar for every Mubtada from the fo

of the sentences below simply type the Mubtada (subject) followed by the Khabar (predicate above.

.....
At home

.....
Sick

.....
Open

.....
Noble book

.....
Hardworking

.....

Went to the hospita

.....
House of God

.....
A kind girl

.....
Went out of the classroom

.....
From China

Part

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madinahara

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User Mat | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | Help | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com - A

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 4

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Exercises on the Nominal Sentence -

In this part of lesson we will have some exercises in order to test your knowledge for what

Choose a word from column

that can be used to complete the sentence in column .

that you would like to answer (this will be highlighted) then click on its suitable compl

completing all possible questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answer and o

) ()(

The sentence above means "Choose a predicate from the column

for every subject in

following answers with a pen and paper joining the letters. It is important that you pract duration of this course to master the language In-Sh'-Allh (God-Welling).

( )

()

(in the classroo

(Noble)

(standing)

(on the roof)

(went out of the h

(Went to the doc

(fast animal)

(Big)

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madin

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 4

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

The Verbal Sentence -

In this part of lesson we will learn The Verbal Sentence In-Sh'-Allh (God-Wellin

Feliyyatun/

in Arabic.

Please read the following sentences carefully:

Verbal Sentence /umla Filiyya/

Arabic

Transliteration

/ahaba Amadu ilal miati/

Literally Reading

Went Ahmad to the university

Arabic

Transliteration

/Kharaa almudarrisu min falin/

Literally Reading

Went out the teacher of a class

The two sentences above are the examples of verbal sentence /umlatun Feliyyatun/. A verbal sentence is called /umla Feliyya/ and the rules relating to such sentences are: o o It mostly starts with a verb. It has three parts.

1. The first part is a word that describes an action. This word is called "Verb" in Eng Arabic. In English language the verb can be a single word or combination of two verb /Filun/ is always a single word. A verb generally refers to three times: Past,

the verb is the most important part of the language and therefore it is very impo verbal sentences to understand

In this part of lesson we will be discussing the masculine verb used to describe

time. This type of verb is called Past Tense in English and /Filun Min/

/Filun Min/ always takes accusative case but no nunation - a single /fatah/

learn the present and future tenses at a later stage In-Sh'-Allh (God-Willing

language different types of the verb

are used for masculine and feminine

verbs used for feminine subjects later also In-Sh-Allh (God-Willing).

2. The second part of a verbal sentence /umla Feliyya/ is the person or the thing d

the verb. This person or the thing is called Subject of the verb in English and /

"Filun" always takes nominative case - single /ammah/ when it is definite i.e.,

article al - and /ammatain/ when it is indefinite i.e., appearing without the definite

3. The third part of a verbal sentence /umla Feliyya/ is the thing on which the actio is called the Object in English and /Maflun/ in Arabic language. A /Maflun/ can

Types of Object /Maflun/ Arabic English

. .

A noun

Ahmad ate apples

Genitive

Construction /rrun wa Marrun/

Yasir went out of the sc

The man went to the h

In the above sentences all the words appearing in red are the /Maflun/ which migh construction /rrun wa Marrun/.

When a /Maflun/ is a noun it always takes accusative case i.e., it will be originally s

when appearing definite - (i.e. with the definite article al) - and double /fatah/ (fatatai

(i.e. without the definite article al). However when the object /Maflun/ is an expression Marrun/ then it takes the genitive case as a result of the preposition.

We will have some tests in the next part of the lesson to test your understanding In-Sh-

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madin

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 4

Part
1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Exercises on the Verbal Sentence -

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the princip Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use fu answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with a vowe

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it comes .

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answe

For more instructions click here.

The Arabic sentence above means "Answer the following questions taking help from th

vowel ending of the words. For each of the questions below, type out the full sentence w

again, the sound has been included (click on speaker icon by the sentence to hear) but o to the sentences after doing the exercises.

( )

( )

( )

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us |

| Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User Ma | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | He | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 4

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16

Exercises on the Verbal Sentence -

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the principles Allh (God willing).

Fill in the blanks in the questions below by using one of the possible options in the top sect

question you would like to answer (this will be highlighted), then click on the correct option f

questions area to complete the answer you will find the blank in the question is replaced w

Upon completing all the questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answers and ob

The Arabic sentence above means "Fill in the blanks with a suitable word". For each of the

type out the full sentence below each section, filling the blanks with the words from the lis

sound has been included (click on speaker icon by sentence to hear) but once again p sentences after doing the exercises.

.....

.....

.....

.....

.....

.....

.....
You (feminine)

....

You (masculine

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madinaha

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User Ma | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | He | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com -

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 4

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Exercise

In this part of the lesson, we will test the knowledge that we have learnt in this lesson so f

Choose the correct answer for each of the following questions. Please click on the corre

below. Upon completion, click on the Mark button to see the correct answers and to obtain

Question 1

Question

What is genitive case in Arabic?

Th

Question 3

Question

The Preposition is called....

Th


Question 5

Question

The interrogative (questioning) article is called....

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 4

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

16

Revision -

Vocabulary Revision

English

Arabic

English

Arabic

The university

The school

Japan

China

India

The director

The garden

The farm

The rock

The lion

The class room

The room

The toilet

The wash room

The watch

The kitchen

He went

He went out

On

In

From

To

Is?

Where

What

You (Feminine)

You (Masculine)

She

He

Verbal Sentence

Nominal Sentence

Accusative Case

Nominative Case

The Cases

Genitive Case

The bed

Preposition

A loctor

A lady doctor

A female engineer

An engineer

A lady nurse

A mother

The hospital

Nice

Hard working

Intelligent

An apple

Noble Book

Drank

Ate

Now that you have covered this lesson, please also try some of the additional features we

Discussion Forum Discuss the grammatical topics learnt and any areas of confusion.

Vocabulary Flashcards Practice your vocabulary by category.

Questions Flashcards Practice questions related to the grammatical topics covered in th

We will be updating the features above to help you throughout the course In-Sh-Allh (G

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Next Lesson

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 5


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Introduction -

In this lesson we will learn the following things: o

In part one of this lesson we will learn the expression which shows ownership of on "The teacher's car". This is called The Possessive Expression in English and /Muf

English:

Transliteration:

Arabic:

The book of the student

/Kitabu libi /


On the desk of the teacher /ala maktabil mudarrisi/

In Arabic the letter /Alif/ is used in two different ways. One of them is called /Ham

called /Hamza tul Wal/. Hamza tul Qa is the one which is pronounced while Ham is not pronounced:

Translation:

Transliteration:

Arabic:

Type o

Where are you from /Min aina anta/


He is the teacher's son /Howab nul mudarrisi/

In Arabic, words normally change their cases with different causes (see Lesson 4-se

indeclinable words which do not change their case with different causes and main

Indeclinable Words /Mabni/

Translation:

This (masculine)

Who

He

The rule for the use of the vocative particle (the word used to call someone like Oh)

Translation:

Transliteration:

Arabic:

Oh Muhammad /Yaa Muhammadu/

Oh Allah

/Yaa Allahu/


Oh teacher /Yaa Ustadhu/

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 5


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

The Possessive Expression -

In this lesson we will cover a new principle which is called the principle of Possessive Expr Allh (God-Willing). This expression is a type of the Arabic term which is called /Ifa/.

The /Ifa/ literally means (adding or annexing). It means adding one noun to anothe

possession or belonging (one noun being owned or belonging to the other noun e.g. te

following examples showing the difference between the possession and the belonging in th

Possession /Ifa/

Belonging /Ifa/

Arabic

English

Arabic

English

The teachers book

The city of Roma

Muhammads pen

The top of the mountain

This principle is applied when two nouns are joined together to make one structure.

In the possessive expression, one noun is the "possessor" called /Muf Ilaihi/ while th called /Muf/ in Arabic. For example, if we say the teacher's book, "the teacher" is the is possessed.

In English this type of expression is constructed with the preposition (of) or using the let before it i.e., 's. The examples of such type of constructions are:

o The book of Hamid

o Hamid's book.

In Arabic however, the possessed noun (e.g., book) comes before the possessor so it wo teacher's".

Let us analyze an example below and we will explain how the rules are applied:

o /Kitb -ul-Mudarrisi/

The first part is the possessed noun (called /Muf/ -

) in our example this is

have already discussed. The rules of the possessed noun are:

A. Although /kitb/ is not definite - in other words, 'al' (the) - does not come before the no means 'the book' and not 'a book' even though al is not written before /kitb/.

B. The possessed noun can be in any case (genitive - with /kasrah/, accusative - with /fa

/ammah/). We do not need to worry about this at the moment, in normal cases it is n

/ammah/ but if preceded by a preposition it takes the genitive case so it ends with a /kas

C. Since the possessed noun is definite therefore it cannot take /tanwn/ i.e., it cannot take d

The second part is the possessor (called /Muf Ilaihi/

)this is /Al Mu

our example. The possessor can be either:

A.

Definite or indefinite (e.g. /Al-mudarrisi/ or /mudarrisin/ - the teacher or a teacher)

B.

The possessor is always in genitive case (therefore the last letter originally takes a /ka

Example: Rule: English: Arabic:

The book of the student

The Possessed noun /Muf / takes different cases while the /Muf On the desk of the ilaihi/ takes the genitive case only. teacher

The Muf can be definite (when it The house's door is annexed to a definite Muf

ilaihi) and it can be indefinite (when it is annexed to an indefinite Muf An Imam of a mosque ilaihi). In all cases the /Muf/ is

never prefixed with (al)

Carefully read the following text and take a particular look at the vowel endings of the w

Picture

Translation

Arabic

:
Saeed: Is this Muhammad's book?

Yasir: No, this is Hamid's book

: .

:
Saeed: Where is Muhammad's book?

Yasir: It is there on the desk

:
Saeed: Where is Ammar's notebook?

Yasir: It is on the teacher's desk

Saeed: Whose pen is this?

:
Ali: This is the teacher's pen.


Saeed: Where is the teacher's bag?

Ali: It is under the desk.

: .

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 5


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Exercise

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the princip Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use fu answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with a vowe

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it comes .

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answe

For more instructions click here.

The Arabic sentence above means "Add the first word to the second to make a possessiv example below.

: :

In each of the sentences below simply type the first word again and add the second wor

as in the previous lessons and include the vowel-marks correctly. The vowels only need t letters of the /Muf/ and /Muf Ilaihi/and not on all the letters.

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 5


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Hamza tul Wasl -

In this part of lesson we will learn about a new concept which is the use of letter Alif in A "Alif" has two types:

o One type of Alif is called "Hamza tul Qa". This type of Alif is always pronounced irr preceded by some word or letter.

o While the other form of Alif is called "Hamza tul Wal". This form of Alif appears in t but if preceded by some word or letter it is not pronounced even if written.

Please read the following examples:

Translation:

Transliteration:

Arabic:

Type o


He is the teacher's son /Huwab nul mudarrisi/


And the girl's name is /Was mul binti Aminah Aaminatu/

In the above mentioned examples the letter /Alif/ of the words are written but they are n

first example, the letter /alif/ of the word /ibn/ (meaning son) is written yet not pronounc

joined together with letter /wa/ of /howa/ and is pronounced /huwabnu/. This is similar to word /almudarrisi/, the letter /alif/ is written yet not pronounced and the letters /nn/ of

/lm/ are joined together to become /nul/ and the sentence becomes /huwab-nul mudarri

Similarly in the second example the letter /wa/ is joined with the word /Ism/ whose /alif

pronounced and the word becomes /wasm/ and the /Alif/ of /Albinti/ is written but not pro /was-mul-binti/. Therefore the sentence becomes /Was-mul-binti Aaminatu/.

Translation:

Transliteration:

Arabic:

Type of Al

I am Ahmad

Ana Amadu


Where are you from Min aina anti


Who are you Man anta

In these examples the letter /Alif/ of the words Ahmad, /Aina/ and /Anta/ are written and are merged together. This type of /Alif/ is called /Hamza tul Qa/.

There is no specific rule for recognizing /Hamza tul Qa/ and /Hamza tul Wal but the articles and the nouns beginning with /Alif/ have /Hamza tul Qa/.

It must be however remembered that when /Hamza tul Wal/ is written in the beginnin

preceded by any letter or word, it is pronounced. It is dropped only when it is preced /Hamza tul Qa/ is always written and pronounced and is not affected if preceded by any Please read the following sentences carefully and then click on the words to hear the should be pronounced.

Pictures:

English:

Arabic:

Who are you?


I am the son of Abbas


And whose son is he?

He is the son of Khalid

The teacher's name is

Saeed

and the engineer's name

is Khalid

Ammar's son is a

student

and Yasir's son is a

trader


Where is the son of the

engineer?

He is in the university

In the next part of the lesson we will In-Sh-Allh (God-Willing) learn a new concept w Articles.

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 5


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

The Indeclinable Words

In this part of lesson, we will learn a new concept of Arabic Grammar In-Sh-Allh (Go

learned that in Arabic language the words take different cases i.e., nominative (amm

(fatah/fatatain) or genitive (kasrah/kasratain) on their last letter. A word takes single ca definite article /al/ and double case when it is without the definite article /al/.

There are certain words however which have to indicate their function therefore they do maintain their vowel ending. The words which do not change their vowel endings in order called indeclinable words and have to remain unchanged.

The following are few examples of the indeclinable words (we will study this in detail in la introduction):


Rule Translation

(The Indeclinable

1. Who

The interrogative articles are indeclinable

2. Where

3. What

1. This (masculine)

The directing words are mostly indeclinable

2. That (masculine)

3. This (feminine)

1. On

The prepositions are indeclinable

2. In

3. To

1. He

The pronouns are always indeclinable

2. She

3. You

The indeclinable words do not take different cases for different causes and do not take /ta

Picture:

Translation:

Arabic:

This is a man

Who are you?

Whose bag is this?

This is a duck

Where is the lion?

What is on the desk


The teacher is in front of students

Read the following sentences carefully while taking particular care of the vowel endings

Please note that we will introduce sentences related to Islam occasionally within this cour studying this course. Those students who are not Muslim may find it beneficial to learn

the main religion in the Arab world and indeed many other parts of the world.:

English:

Arabic:


Where is the teacher's house?

It is far away

. . .

The Quraan is the book of Allah (God)

The Ka'ba is Allah's (Gods) house


The teacher went out of the principal's room

Abbas's car is in the street

The door of the mosque is opened


Where is the dog?

It is under the car

This is the house of Hamid

and that is the house of Khalid

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 5


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Exercise

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the princip Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use fu answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with a vowe

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it comes .

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answe

For more instructions click here.

The Arabic sentence above means "Correct the following expressions" as in the example be

: :

In each of the sentences below simply type the first word again and add the second word

in the previous lessons and include the vowel-marks correctly. Please include the vow only.

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User

| Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 5


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

The vocative particle

In this part of lesson No. 5 we will In-Sh'-Allh (God Willing) learn about the following thi

Vocative Particle: A word that is used for calling someone is called the vocative particle an

or simply

In Arabic language the word used is

The word following th

and it takes (mostly) the nominative case. However it takes only one /amm
indefinite e.g., in order to call a boy it is

and not .

Carefully read the following text and take a particular look at the vowel endings of the wor

:
Allah (God): O A Teacher: O teacher

Allah (God)

A Shaikh: O shaikh

Abbas: O Abbas

:
Yasir: O Yasir A Man: O Man

:
A doctor: O doctor Ammar: O Ammar

Ali: O Ali

Khalid: O Khalid

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 5


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Revision -

In this lesson we have learnt the following things:

Construction of the Possessive Expressions

The rules of constructing expressions using Vocative particle

words preceded by the vocative particle.

The indeclinable words

which maintain their vowel ending whatever their c

Pronunciation of

Vocabulary Revision

English

Arabic

English

Arabi

The Prophet

The Kabah

The name

The son

The paternal uncle

The maternal uncle

The bag

The car

The road

Closed

Under

There

Above

In front of

Behind

The female teacher

Now that you have covered this lesson, please also try some of the additional features we

Discussion Forum Discuss the grammatical topics learnt and any areas of confusion.

Vocabulary Flashcards Practice your vocabulary by category.

Questions Flashcards Practice questions related to the grammatical topics covered in th

We will be updating the features above to help you throughout the course In-Sh-Allh (G

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Next Lesson

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

Introduction -

In this lesson we will learn the following things:

The feminine demonstrative pronoun

and its principles:

English:

Transliteration:

Arabic:

This is a lady doctor

/Hdhihi abbatun/

. .

This is a bag

/Hdhih aqbatun/

In Arabic Language, words can be either masculine or feminine. This does not necessarily follow a set logic, e.g., whilst we know that the noun "girl" is feminine, the noun for "beard" is also feminine. This should be understood alongside the rules of how a word is changed from masculine to feminine that are covered in another lesson (see Lesson 4 section 7). A few examples of nouns and adjectives which do not have any of the symbols for the feminine nouns but are still considered to be feminine are illustrated below:

Translation:

Transliteration:

Arabic:

The Earth

/Al Aru/

A pot

/Quidrun/

The hand

/Al-yadu/

In this lesson we will learn the use of one new preposition. We have learnt that prepositions are the words used to connect two or more words or sentences (Lesson 4 section 3).


Preposition:

For

Lesson 6

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

This is -

In this part of the lesson we learn how to use the demonstrative pronoun

which means "This in the feminine gender. /Hdhih/ is pronounced

but is

written without the first /Alif/. The word following /Hdhih/ is the noun (object)

being referred to and it should be a feminine word. e.g.

( a girl).

When a noun (whether definite or indefinite) is preceded by the demonstrative

pronoun

- it takes the nominative case which is represented by a single

/ammah/ in the case of a definite noun and by double ammas in the case of an indefinite noun.

This is a lady doctor

This is a fruit.

This is a car.

This is a girl.

We will also learn differentiating between the two words

and

with

examples:

.
This is the son of Hamid

and this is the daughter of Yasir

. .

Hamid's son is sitting

and Yasir's daughter is standing

Whose car is this?

This is the car of the principal.

Lesson 6

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Exercise

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the principles we have learnt In-Sh'-Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and using the on-screen keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use full diacritics in your answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with

a vowel)

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it

comes with hamzah).

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answer and to get your mark.

For more instructions click here.

The Arabic sentence above means "Fill in the blanks with the appropriate word". For each of the sentences, type out the full sentence using the words below - e.g. for the first question, click on the question and type as below (include vowel-marks).

Feminine nouns
In Arabic language words are either masculine or feminine. A masculine word can be changed to a feminine by adding any of the following three symbols at the end of a masculine word:

called T Marbah,

called Alif Mamddah or called Alif Maqrah.

However there are certain Feminine nouns and adjectives which do not have any of these three signs and are considered Feminine, e.g.,

The earth

and the sun are feminine in Arabic language.

The double members of the body parts are usually feminine while single members are masculine. i.e., for example, on the human body there are two eyes and therefore they are considered as feminine, while we have one nose so this part of the body masculine. We have two hands therefore they are feminine but one face so it is masculine.

This is a head

Masculine

This is an eye

Feminine

This is a nose

Masculine

This is an ear

Feminine

This is a tongue

Masculine

This is a foot

Feminine

This is a face

Masculine

This is a hand

Feminine

Lesson 6

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Exercise

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the principles we have learnt In-Sh'-Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and using the on-screen keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use full diacritics in your answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with

a vowel)

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it

comes with hamzah).

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answer and to get your mark.

For more instructions click here.

The Arabic sentence above means "Correct the following sentences as in example". For each of the sentences, type out the full sentence using the words below - e.g. for the first question, click on the question and type as below (include vowel-marks).

Lesson 6

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

The preposition /li/

In this part of Lesson No. 6 we will learn a new preposition and the principles for its use In-Sh-Allh (God Willing):

This new preposition is

means "for". When a preposition is followed

by a noun, it

changes the noun from the nominative case to the genitive case. e.g., when

precedes a noun

then it becomes but there are certain words which

do not change their cases with different causes and maintain their vowel endings. These words are called Indeclinable words. When a preposition precedes an

indeclinable word like

meaning who,

it will become

for whom and not

.
When this

precedes a definite noun like the alif in the beginning of the

word is dropped and the word becomes

On the other hand when this

precedes a noun like the Alif in the beginning of meaning

the word is dropped and no lam is added and the word simply becomes

belongs to Allah (God).

Please read the following sentences carefully taking good care of the vowel endings.

English

Transliteration

Arabic

.
This is for Muhammad Hadha li Muhammadin

and that is for Hamid

Wa dhalika li Hamidin

Whose bag is this?

Liman Hadhihil Haqueebatu?

This bag belongs to Yasir

Hadhihil Haqueebatu li Yasirin

All praise belongs to Allah (God)

Alhamdu lillah

Lesson 6

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Revision -

In this lesson we have learnt the following things:

The Demonstrative Pronoun for the Feminine Articles "

"

The Feminine Nouns without any of the symbols of feminine words.

A new preposition " " meaning "For" or "Belongs To".

Vocabulary Revision

The Earth

This (feminine)

The hand

A pot

A car

Fruit

The lady doctor

A girl

A head

The sun

A nose

An eye

A tongue

An ear

A face

A foot

Now that you have covered this lesson, please also try some of the additional features we have including:

Discussion Forum Discuss the grammatical topics learnt and any areas of confusion.

Vocabulary Flashcards Practice your vocabulary by category.

Questions Flashcards Practice questions related to the grammatical topics covered in the lessons.

We will be updating the features above to help you throughout the course In-Sh-Allh (God Lesson 7

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6

Introduction -

In this lesson we will learn the following:

The noun

which means "That" and is used for the feminine nouns. This

noun is called a demonstrative pronoun in English Grammar and

in Arabic Grammar. Tilka is used to refer to objects that are further


away in the same way as Hdhih is used to refer to closer objects representing the feminine nouns. e.g.,

English:

Transliteration:

Arabic:


That is a lady teacher Tilka Mudarrisatun

. .

That is a bag

Tilka aqbatun

When a definite article "al" precedes a solar letter (the letters with which lam of the definite article "al" is not pronounced), the letter lam of "al" is dropped and its assimilation is shown by a diacritical mark ' "Shaddah" e.g., ' which is known as

Translation

Transliteration

Arabic

A doctor

abbun

Indefinite Noun

The doctor

A-abbu

Definite Noun

A fish

Samakun

Indefinite Noun

The fish

As-samaku

Definite Noun

Lesson 7

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6

That is -

In this part of Lesson No. 7 we will learn another pronoun

( which means

that) Tilka is used for the feminine nouns. Tilka follows the same principles as followed by Dhlika and is used to refer to objects that are further away whereas hdhihi (this in feminine form) is used to refer to objects that are closer.

The demonstrative pronouns are called

in Arabic language and

have two types:

The pronouns which refer to the near objects like

and meaning

(this for masculine and feminine respectively) are called

and
o The pronouns which refer to the distant objects like

and meaning

(that for masculine and feminine respectively) are called

Picture:

Answer

Question:

Who is this?

. .

This is Amina.

and who is that?

That is Fatima.

This is a lady


and she is from Indonesia

That is a child

and she is from India

This is an elder

That is a little one (child)

What is that?

That is a dog

and what is that?

That is an egg

. . .

What is that?

That is a hen.

Is that a hen?

No, that is a duck

Lesson 7

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6

Exercise

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the principles we have learnt In-Sh'-Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and using the on-screen keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use full diacritics in your answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with

a vowel)

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it

comes with hamzah).

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answer and to get your mark.

For more instructions click here.

)(

The Arabic sentence above means "Fill in the blanks with the appropriate word". For each of the sentences, type out the full sentence using the words below e.g. for the first question, click on the questioLesson 7

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6

Exercise

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the principles we have learnt In-Sh'-Allh (God willing).

Choose a word from column

that can be used to complete the sentence in column that you would like to answer (this will be highlighted) .
Upon completing all possible

Click on a word in column

then click on its suitable complement in column

questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answer and obtain your mark.

)()(

The Arabic sentence above means "Choose a word from column 'A' and match it with an appropriate word from column 'B' ". For each of the sentences, type out the full sentence using the words below - e.g. for the first question, click on the question and type as below (include vowel-marks).

( )

()
(This is a student)

(That is a student)

(This is a teacher)

(That is a doctor)

(This is Aminah)

(That is a window)

(This is a door)

(That is an Engineer)

(That is a spoon)

n and type as below (include vowel-marks).

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 7

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6

Exercise

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the princip Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and

keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use fu answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with a vowe

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it comes .

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answe

For more instructions click here.

""

The Arabic sentence above means Add the definite article 'al' to the following words adding th vowel marks

.......
The merchant

.........
The mother

.......
The hen

.......
The donkey

.......
The Eden (Paradise)

.......
The man

.......
The window

.........
The shirt

.......
The news

.......
The guest

.......
The door

.......
The dress

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

Lesson 7

Part
1 2

3 4 5 6

Revision

In this lesson we have learnt the following things:

The Demonstrative pronoun for That in the Feminine form

The use of Shaddah and the dropping of the letter 'lam' of the definite article 'al' when used with solar letters.

Vocabulary Revision


Demonstrative pronouns That (feminine)

A lady

A fish

An egg

A female child

Small

Elder

Heaven

Indonesia

News

A guest

A dress

Now that you have covered this lesson, please also try some of the additional features we have including:

Discussion Forum Discuss the grammatical topics learnt and any areas of confusion.

Vocabulary Flashcards Practice your vocabulary by category.

Questions Flashcards Practice questions related to the grammatical topics covered in the lessons.

We will be updating the features above to help you throughout the course In-Sh-ALesson

8-


Part
1 2 3 4

Revision

This is a revision lesson in which we will review all the concepts we have learnt so far. We will have multiple questions on the rules related to demonstrative pronouns

, possessive expression and prepositions In-Sh-Allh (God-Willing).


In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the prepositions In-Sh'-Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and using the on-screen keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use full diacritics in your answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with

a vowel)

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it

comes with hamzah).

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answer and to get your mark.

For more instructions click here.

The Arabic sentence above means "Read the following example then change the following sentences in the same manner". For each of the sentences, type out the full sentence using the words below - e.g. for the first question, click on the question and type as below (include vowel-marks).

:
llh (God willing).


This doctor is from India


This car belongs to the director


That boy is Khalid's son


That watch is from Switzerland


This house belongs to the engineer


That handkerchief is dirty

Lesson 8-

Part
1 2 3 4

Continued

The Arabic sentence above means "Read the following example then change the following sentences in the same manner". For each of the sentences, type out the full sentence using the words below - e.g. for the first question, click on the question and type as below (include vowel-marks).

)( : )(

( )
(Whose pen is this?)

( )
(Whose fruit is this?)

( )
(Whose hen is this?)

( )
(Whose house is this?)

( )

( )

(Whose chair is this?)

(Whose cow is this?)

Lesson 8-

Part
1 2 3 4

Continued

The Arabic sentence above means "Translate the following sentences to Arabic as in example". For each of the sentences, type out the full sentence using the words below - e.g. for the first question, click on the question and type as below (include vowel-marks).

:
Ahmad went to England


Khalid went to the hospital


This watch is from Germany


This door is closed


this black board is behind the teacher


This is a knife


This window is open

Lesson 8-

Part
1 2 3 4

Vocabulary Revision

In this lesson we have revised all the rules we have studied so far and have learnt the following new words.

Switzerland

The spoon

The cow

Daughter of the farmer

The farmer

Germany

Closed

Open

A knife

Now that you have covered this lesson, please also try some of the additional features we have including:

Discussion Forum Discuss the grammatical topics learnt and any areas of confusion.

Vocabulary Flashcards Practice your vocabulary by category.

Questions Flashcards Practice questions related to the grammatical topics covered in the lessons.

We will be updating the features above to help you throughout the course In-ShAllh (God willing).

Lesson 9 -

Adjective Clause -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Introduction

In this lesson we will In-Sh-Allh learn the following things:

The formation of a new expression called

in Arabic

(called "The Adjective Clause" in English). The Adjective Clause is an expression formed by two or more words to describe a pronoun.


Adjective Clause

A small boy

The new bag

A new type of pronoun which shows reference or relation between the nouns. This pronoun is called a Conjunctive pronoun or Relative pronoun in English

and

in Arabic. If the pronoun refers to a human

being it is to be translated "who" and if it refers to non human beings or an object it is translated as which (or that).

Relative pronoun

Who (for human beings)

Which / That (for non human beings / objects)

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 9 -

Adjective Clause -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Continued

In this lesson we will learn the formation of a new clause called

Clause" in English, In-Sh-Allh (God-Willing).

In Arabic the adjective (a word describing the noun e.g. red book, large house etc) is

"A-iffah"

,and the noun it qualifies is called "Mant or "Al-maw


or

clause thus formed is called either

. We

the formation of the Adjective Clause. Following are the rules pertained for the formation of the adjective clause: o

In the English language, when we want to describe a noun we say for example, " etc. - i.e., the adjective (description) comes before the noun. However in Arabic

description (adjective) comes after the noun, e.g.

or

means "Boy good" or "student lazy" but literally it means "Good boy" or "Lazy stud

Translation

Transliteration

A dirty handkerchief

Mindlun Wasikhun

An intelligent student

libatun Dhakiyyatun

The adjectives that express feelings normally end with (-an) and bear no Tanwn on

English

Arabic

Thirsty

Hungry

Full

Angry

Happy

The adjective always follows the noun which it is describing in gender. The adje

masculine and that of a feminine noun is feminine .e.g.: we say

meaning A young girl.

Translation

Transliteration

Arabic


A famous engineer Muhandisun Shahrun

A tasty apple

Tuffatun Ladhdhatun

Both the adjective and the noun are either definite or indefinite. Therefore if th

adjective which is describing the noun will also be definite e.g.

and when the noun is indefinite the adjective will also be indefinite e.g.

Translation

Transliteration

Arabic


The big city Almadnatu Alkabratu

A poor man

Raulun Faqrun

The adjective also has the same case as the noun i.e., if the noun is in the nomin

also be in the nominative case e.g.,

meaning "The difficult l

accusative case then the adjective will also be in the accusative case and if the

then the adjective will also be in the genitive case e.g.

an ill friend.

Translation

Case

Arabic

This is a new teacher

Nominative


The pen is in the small bag Genitive

The old book is at home

Nominative

The water is in a broken glass

Genitive

Picture

English

Arabic

America is a big country


This is the new fan


Ahmad entered into a vast building

A sparrow is a beautiful bird

This is a crowded road

The clean room

Part

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 9 -

Adjective Clause -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Exercise -

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the princip

Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use fu answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with a vowe

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it comes .

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answe

For more instructions click here.

The Arabic sentence above means "Place an appropriate adjective in the blank space including t of the sentences, type out the full sentence using the words below.

.......
(English is a difficult language)

......

(Ahmad is a rich mercha

.......
(I am a new teacher)

.......

(Muhammad is a good doc

.......
(Cairo is a vast city)

.......

(The apple is a tasty fru

.......
(Arabic is an easy language)

.........

(Are you a lazy student

.......
(Iman is a hard-working student)

.......

(The sparrow is a beautiful

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 9 -

Adjective Clause -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

who -

A relative pronoun is a pronoun which refers or relates to some noun preceding it e.g., if w

English

Arabic

This is Muhammad who has passed

This is the door which is in front of the mosque

This is the cat that has sat

In the above sentences, the nouns Muhammad, door and cat are called antecedents and

that refer to them respectively. In Arabic however all these three words (who, which and

single word

Translation

Transliteration


Allah who has created Allh al-ladh khalaqa al insn humans

The student who is in a A-libu al-ladh fi school madrasatin

Picture

English

Arabic


The beautiful pen which is on a desk belongs to the teacher


The bed that is in Khalid's room is broken

The student who is sitting is from Indonesia

The house which is in front of the

mosque belongs to the Muadhin (person who gives the Adhaan - call

for prayer).


The road that is near the school is crowded

Part

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madin

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 9 -

Adjective Clause -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Exercise -

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the princip

Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use fu answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with a vowe

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it comes .

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answe

For more instructions click here.

The Arabic sentence above means "Place an appropriate noun in the blank including the of the sentences, type out the full sentence using the words below.

..........
(I am an old teacher)

...........

(Arabic is an easy langua

.......
(This is a broken pen)

........

(Muhammad is a rich merch

.......
(Faisal is a lazy student)

.......

(The handkerchief is a useful

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 9 -

Adjective Clause -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Exercise -

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the princip

Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use fu answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with a vowe

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it comes .

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answe

For more instructions click here.

The Arabic sentence above means "Fill in the following blanks with the adjectives which

'Al' to them wherever necessary". For each of the sentences, type out the full sentence u for the first question, click on the question and type as below (include vowel-marks).

............ ( )

....... ( )

Where is the new teacher

The elder merchant is in the

............ ( )

....... ( )

(I am an old student)

(Who is this boy who went

...... ( )

(The book that is on the desk belongs to the teacher)

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 9 -

Adjective Clause -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Revision

In this lesson we have learnt the following things:

The Adjective Clause

Use of Relative Pronoun

which shows a relation or a reference

Vocabulary Revision

The described noun

The adjective

Described noun

Adjective

Thirsty

Lazy

Full

Hungry

Happy

Angry

The fan

Famous

Bird

Sparrow

Crowded

Road

Passed

That, who, which

Created

Sat

Thing

The humans

Tall

Useful

Now that you have covered this lesson, please also try some of the additional features we

Discussion Forum Discuss the grammatical topics learnt and any areas of confusion.

Vocabulary Flashcards Practice your vocabulary by category.

Questions Flashcards Practice questions related to the grammatical topics covered in th

We will be updating the features above to help you throughout the course In-Sh-Allh (G

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Next Lesson

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 10 -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Introduction

In this lesson we will In-Sh-Allh learn the following things: o

The Possessive Pronouns (the words used instead of nouns to show possession or o

Possessive Pronoun

Example

Arabic

Your (masculine) book

)( )( )(

Your (feminine) book

His book

Her book

() ()

My book

Our book

)(

Two new words and their cases.

English

Arabic

Father

Brother

In this lesson we will learn the use of a few new prepositions. We have learnt tha

used to connect two or more words or sentences ( Lesson No.4 section 3). Both of the meaning but are used in different situations

English

Arabic

About

Along with / With

/ To have

At/In

In this lesson we will also learn the use of verbs with the pronouns. We have alrea the verb in (Lesson No. 4 section 12).

English

New form of verb

Pronoun Added

Simple Ver

You went

You (masculine)

You went

You (feminine)

He went

He

She went

She

I went

We went

We

We will also learn the vowel endings of the masculine nouns that are similar to the f

English

Arabic

Hamza

Talha

Usama

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 10 -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Attached Pronouns -

In this lesson, we will learn a new topic which deals with the pronouns In-Sh-Allh (Go words used instead of nouns. In Arabic the pronouns are generally of two types

The Detached Pronouns (

The Attached Pronouns (

In English the Attached Pronouns (also called the Possessive Pronouns) are "words whi

relationship) of an object (or person) of something' e.g., if we want to express the pos

say: "this book is hers". Similarly if a person wants to express his possession of a pen,

mine". In Arabic however "The Possessive Pronouns" are suffixes (one or two letters atta

attached to the nouns only. They are not full-fledged words. Lets take some examples to l

Translation

Transliteration

Arabic

This book is yours (masculine)

Hdh kitbuka

This pen is yours (feminine)

Hdh qalamuki

This bag is his

Hdhihi aqbatuhu

This note book is hers

Hdhihi kurrsatuha

This house is mine

Hdh bait

Islam is our religion

Al Islmu dnuna

Following are some examples to better understand the above mentioned rules:

Pictures

English

Transliteration

Ar


Who are you? Man Anta?

I am a new student

An libun addun

from India

minal hindi


What is your name? Mas muka?

My name is Abbas

Ismi Abbasun

And who is that sitting?

Wa man hdh allisu?

He is my colleague and

Huwa zaml was muhu anser huwa minal Ybni

his name is Anser, he is

from Japan.


This is my pen and its Hdh qalam wa lawnuhu Amaru colour is red.

Oh Abbas what is your Ma lughatuka ya abbsu? mother tongue?

My mother tongue is

Lughati Urdiyyatun

Urdu and it is an easy

wahiya lughatun

language.

sahlatun.

And what is Anser's

Wa ma hiya lughatu ansara?

mother tongue?

His mother tongue is

Lughatuhu Al

Japanese and it is a

Yabaniyyatu wahiya lughatun aabatun

difficult language.

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 10 -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Exercise -

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the princip Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use fu answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with a vowe

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it comes .

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answe

For more instructions click here.

)(

The Arabic sentence above means "Fill in the following blanks with the appropriate sentences, type out the full sentence using the words below.

.....
(Muhammad is a doctor and his son is an Engineer)

.....
(This girl is a student her name

...
(Aminah is in the room and her mother is in the kitchen)

...

(This is a great merchant and h Abdullah)

...
(A boy went out of the class and Tahir was with him)

...

(Ayesha is a doctor and her sister

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 10 -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

The five nouns -

In this lesson we will learn the following two new words and the rules regarding their use I

Translation

Transliteration

Arabic

Father

Abun

Brother

Akhun

The words above belong to a category of five words called

( we will

later lessons In-Sh-Allh). When we want to say "Your book" in Arabic we say

"your father", it would be written as

and not .Similar is the case with the wor

is added to it, a letter 'ww' is added as a second last letter and hence the word will becom

When any of these words annexed with pronouns appear in the nominative case (we will

the letter "ww" is added as the penultimate (second to last) letter i.e.,

they appear in genitive case (we will learn more about this later) the letter 'ya' is add

word thus formed is

or .

English

Arabic

Case

Hamid's brother

The father of Muhammad

Nominative Case

Book of my brother

Her father's house


Genitive Case

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 10 -

Part
1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Prepositions -

In this lesson we will learn three new prepositions. We have learnt that prepositions are

two or more words or sentences (Lesson No.4 section 3) and (Lesson No.6 section 6). These pre

English

Pronunciation

Arabic

About

an

With

Maa

At/In

Bi

The preposition

means about or from e.g. means (to talk abo

(far from)

The preposition

means with, e.g. means the book is with th

The letter

means at or in e.g., if we say it means "He is at the un

it means she is in the kitchen.

English

Transliteration

Arabic


My house is far from the Bait badun an al masjidi mosque


Ahmad is sitting with Khalid Ahmadu jalisun ma'a Khalidin

With me is a friend

Ma'ee sadeequn


Khalid is talking about khlidun yataaddathu an nafsihi himself


My friend in Egypt - his adq bimira ismuhu amadu name is Ahmed

It must be remembered that "

" meaning 'to have'

should only be used with the thi

means we have a book.


say 'He has a nose', we should say

It should not be used with relations and parts of

instead of or mean takes a fatah on its ending when used with

of

The preposition

meaning "with me". When used with

, it takes a kasrah instead of the fatah so it w

and not

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madin

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 10 -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Exercise -

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the princip

Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use fu answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with a vowe

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it comes .

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answe

For more instructions click here.

The Arabic sentence above means "Answer the following questions with the help of the p For each of the sentences, type out the full sentence using the words below.

:
(Do you have a pen)

.
(No, I have a book)

(Do you have a bag?) (Egg)


(Bed)

(Does she have a chair?


(Does he have a cat?) (Dog)

(Handkerchief)

(Do you have a paper?

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 10 -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

The verb with the pronouns -

In this lesson we will learn about the form of verb when attached with the pronouns In-S have already learnt two simple verbs in (Lesson No. 4 section 12) which are:

meaning Went.

meaning Went out.

Lets see the form of the verb when it is attached to different pronouns:

English

New form of verb

Pronoun Added

Simple Ve

You went

You (masculine)

(masculine)

You went

You (feminine)

(feminine)

He went

He

She went

She

I went

We went

We

You went out

You (masculine)

(masculine)

You went out

You (feminine)

(feminine)


He

He went out

She went out

She

I went out

We went out

We

Lets take some more examples to understand the rule more clearly:

Picture

English

Arabic


Ahmad went to Iraq.


Amina went out of the classroom.

Where did you go O Ayesha?


Why did you go out of the mosque?


Did Bilquees go to the kitchen?

I went to the hospital.

We went out of the university.

Part

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 10 -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Continued
In this lesson we will learn about the vowel ending of the masculine nouns resembling

Allh (God-Willing). We have learnt that the feminine nouns have no tanwn on their last le

etc. Similarly there are certain masculine proper nouns that have ( t mar
therefore they also do not have tanwn on their last letter, e.g.:

Lets take some examples to better understand the rule:

Pictures

English

Arabic

Fatima's husband is Mu'awiya.

Khalid went out with Talha.

Your (feminine) car is with Usama.

I went to Hamza.

In this lesson we will also learn the use of "

"as a negative particle In-Sh-Allh (God

the use of "

"as an interrogative (questioning) article in (Lesson No. 1 section 3).

Picture

English

Arabic

Do you have a pen?

No, I do not have a pen.

Do you have a bag?

No, I do not have a bag.

Who is this child?

This child is the son of Mu'awiya.

Did you go to Khalid?

No, I went to Hanzala

Part
1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madin

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 10 -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Exercise -

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the princip

Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use fu answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with a vowe

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it comes .

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answe

For more instructions click here.

The Arabic sentence above means "Answer the following questions". For each of the s sentence using the words below.

:
(Where is your father, oh Tahir?)


(My father is in China)

( )

( )

(Where did you go O Fatima?)

(What is your language O Ab

( )
(Who is with you O Jamal?)

( )

(Is his house near the Unive

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 10 -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Revision

In this lesson, we have learnt the following things:

The Possessive Pronouns "

"

Two of the Five Nouns "

" "

Three new Prepositions "

o o

Pronouns when added to the verbs.

Vowel ending of masculine proper nouns similar to the feminine nouns i.e., having letter

Vocabulary Revision -

Your (feminine)

Your (Masculine)

Her

His

Our

My, mine

Brother

Father

With

With / Near

You went

At / In

You went

She went

(feminine)

We went

I went

Religion

Islam

Colour

Colleague

Language/Mother tongue

Red

Iraq

Urdu

Child

Husband

French

Kuwait

Now that you have covered this lesson, please also try some of the additional features we

Discussion Forum Discuss the grammatical topics learnt and any areas of confusion.

Vocabulary Flashcards Practice your vocabulary by category.

Questions Flashcards Practice questions related to the grammatical topics covered in th

We will be updating the features above to help you throughout the course In-Sh-Allh (G

Part
1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Next Lesson

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 11-


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Introduction

In this lesson, we will learn about attaching the pronouns to nouns and prepositions - In-S

English

Final Form

Pronoun

Preposition

In it

(masc.)

In it

(fem.)

We will learn a new form of a new verb and the cases of the parts of a verb

The present verb

I like, I love

We like, we love

He likes, he loves

She likes, she loves

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 11-


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Pronouns with nouns and prepositions -

Read the following sentences:

Picture

English

Arabic

This is my house.

My house is in front of the mosque.

My house is beautiful.

In it there is a small garden.

This is my room.


In it is a big window and a beautiful fan.


This is my bed and this is my chair and this is my desk.


My watch and my pen and my book are on the desk


and my bag is under the desk.


This is my brother's room and that is my sister's room.


My brother's room is in front of my

room and my sister's room is in

front of the kitchen.


I have one brother and his name is

Usama, I have one sister and her

name is Sana.

Part

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 11-


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Exercise -

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the princip Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use fu answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with a vowe

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it comes .

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answe

For more instructions click here.

The Arabic sentence above means "Answer the following questions". For each of the s sentence using the words below.


(Yes, my house is beautiful)

(My house is in front of the m


(In it, is a big window and a beautiful fan)

(In it, is a small garden


(My brother's room is in front of my room)

(My watch and my pen is on th


(My brother's room is in front of my room)

(No, the window of my room i


(His name is Usama)

(and my sister's room is in fro kitchen)

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 11-


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

The Present Tense -

In this section, we will learn the parts of the verbal sentences and their cases In-Sh-

present form of a verb. We have already learnt that a verbal sentence has three parts ( Les

( A verb - the action being performed), ( A subject - the person or thing doing the action) and ( An object - the thing upon which the action is done).

We have learnt that the verb refers to three tenses (periods):

Past

Present

Future

meaning "Likes or

In this section we will learn about the present form of the verb

the verb takes originally - the nominative case, but with a single ammah. It never ta

also learnt in the previous lesson that the object of a verbal sentence takes the accusat fatah when definite and double fatah (Fatatain) when indefinite. When we say:

(Akbar loves writing)

In this sentence

means likes which is a verb, is the subject therefore it

is the object which takes the accusative case. But when we say:

(We love our religion)

The word

means "we love", so "love" is the verb and "we" is the subject whereas o

therefore it must take the accusative case. Now if we look at this example carefully we

basically (

,) +so the word take the accusative case, and since it is anne

Muf and cannot take tanwn.

However, when a pronoun is the object of some verb, it does not take accusative case

generally indeclinable therefore they do not change their cases. Lets take some exampl rule:

Picture

English

Arabic

I love Allah (God).


Khalid likes the Arabic language.

Fatimah likes reading.

We love our religion.

You love your colleague.

That is my father I like him.

That is my mother I like her.

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 11-


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Exercise -

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the princip Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use fu answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with a vowe

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it comes .

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answe

For more instructions click here.

The Arabic sentence above means "Fill in the blanks with the appropriate objects and endings". For each of the sentences, type out the full sentence using the words below.

..... ( )

..... ( )

(Hamid likes ...... )

(Fatima likes reading)

..... ( )

........ ( )
(I like your .............)

(I like ...............)

....... ( )

(We like our ...........)

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 11-


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Exercise -

In this part of the lesson, we will test the knowledge that we have learnt in this lesson so f

Choose the correct answer for each of the following questions. Please click on the corre

below. Upon completion, click on the Mark button to see the correct answers and to obtain

Question 1

Question

What is 'your house' in Arabic?

Question 3

Question

The word my pen in Arabic is

Part
1 2 3

4 5 6 7

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 11-


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Revision

In this lesson we have learnt about annexing the pronouns to the prepositions i.e prepositions.

Present form of the verb

Vowel ending of the object of the verbal sentence and annexing the object of the verbal se

Vocabulary Revision

In it (masc.)

In it (fem.)

I like, I love

We like, we lov

He likes, he loves

She likes, she lov

Present verb

The reading

Now that you have covered this lesson, please also try some of the additional features we

Discussion Forum Discuss the grammatical topics learnt and any areas of confusion.

Vocabulary Flashcards Practice your vocabulary by category.

Questions Flashcards Practice questions related to the grammatical topics covered in th

We will be updating the features above to help you throughout the course In-Sh-Allh (G

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Next Lesson

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 12 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Introduction

In this lesson we will learn the following things In-Sh-Allh:

o o

In the first part of the lesson, we will learn how to have a dialogue in Arabic.

We will also learn how to convert a masculine verb into a feminine verb (see below

English

Arabic

Gender (Grammatical Term)


He went


Masculine Verb


She went

Feminine Verb


You (masculine) went


Masculine Verb

You (feminine) went

Feminine Verb

We will also learn the feminine form of the Relative Pronoun. We have already lear

Relative Pronoun

in Lesson 09 section 004. We know that a Relative Pronoun

the reference or relation between the nouns. The Relative Pronoun is called

the Relative Pronoun refers to a human being it is to be translated "who" and if it r is translated "which / that".

Relative noun

Who (for human beings)

Which/That (for non human beings)

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 12 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Continued

In this part of the lesson we will learn how to have a discussion in Arabic In-Sh-Allh (Go

English

Transliteration

Arabic

Sua'ad: Peace be upon you

Sud: Assalm-ualaiki wa ramatullhi wa baraktuhu

and Allah's (God's) mercy

and His blessings

:
Al Bintu: Wa alaiki The girl: Peace be upon you assalmu wa and Allah's mercy and His ramatullhi wa blessings baraktuhu

:
How are you, Oh girl? Kaifa luki ya bintu?

:
I am fine and all thanks to Ana bikhairin wal amdulillhi Allah (God)

:
Where are you from? Min aina anti?

:
I am from Riyadh Ana minar Riyi

What is your name?

Mas muki?

My name is Aminah

Ismi minatu

.:

Where is your father?

Aina abki?

My father is here in Madinah

Abi hun fil madnatil

Munawara

munawwarati

What does he do?

Mdh yafalu?

:
Huwa muwaihun fil He is a supervisor in the high madrasatith school thnawiyyati

And where is your mother?

Wa aina ummuki?

:
She is also here. She is a Hiya aian hun. Hiya abbatun doctor

:
Wa man hdhihil And who is this young girl fattullati maaki? A with you? Is she your sister? hiya ukhtuki?

:
No. She is the daughter of my L. Hiya bintu ammi paternal uncle

What is her name?

Mas muh?

:
Her name is Fatima Ismuh Fimatu

Is she your colleague?

A hiya zamlatuki?

La, An fil madrasatil mutawassiati wa hiya fil

No. I am in the middle school

and she is in the high school

madrasatith thnawiyyati.

Do you have a sister?

A laki ukhtun?

No, I do not have a sister

La. Ma l ukhtun

Do you have a brother?

A laki akhun?


Yes. I have an elder brother Naam, l akhun kabrun wahuwa libun bilmiati

and he is a student at the

university


And who is this child with Wa man hdha iflu alladh maaki? you?

He is my brother's son Huwabnu akh (nephew)

. .

What is his name?

Mas muhu?

His name is Sa'ad

Ismuhu Sad

A Ummuki fil baiti Is your mother at home now? alna?


La. Dhahabat ilal No. She went to the hospital mustashf

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madin

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 12 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Continued

In this part of the lesson we will learn the conversion of a masculine verb to the feminine v

For the past tense of a verb i.e.

the following rules are applied


He went

English


Masculine Verb


She went

Feminine Verb

You (masculine) went


You (feminine) went

Masculine Verb

Feminine Verb

When a masculine noun is changed to a feminine for the pronoun (e.g. from 'he' to 'sh

letter 'ta' with a sukn is added at the end of the verb that follows i.e.,

will be chan

However, when the noun is a subject following a verb, and that noun is definite with the a

instead of a 'ta with a sukn a 'ta' with the genitive case (kasrah) is added to the verb i.

instead of .
Lets take some examples to better understand the rule:

Gend English Arabic Sentence

Ve


Ahmad went to the house

Fatima went to the house

The young man went out of the class

The young lady went out of the class

You (masculine) sat on a chair

. .

You (feminine) sat on a chair

The male teacher stood in front of the

black board

The lady teacher stood in front of the

. . .

black board

The father opened the door

The mother opened the door


The male student read the lesson

The female student read the lesson

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madin

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User

| Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 12 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Exercise -

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the princip Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use fu answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with a vowe

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it comes .

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answe

For more instructions click here.

The Arabic sentence above means "Change the subject of each of the following sente

example". For each of the sentences, type out the full sentence using the words below and


(My father entered into the hospital)

(The teacher went to the c


(The boy read the Quran)

(A student sat on the cha


(The young boy stood in front of the blackboard)

(Her paternal uncle opened th

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 12 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Continued

In this lesson, we will learn the use of the Relative Pronoun for the feminine nouns, In-S

004 we have already learnt about the Relative Pronoun for the masculine nouns. We kno

used to refer or relate to some noun preceding it. The masculine form of the Relativ

translated as 'who' if used for a human being and to 'which or that' if used for the non

feminine form of the Relative Pronoun is

with the same meaning as the mascul

feminine objects or persons. Consider the following examples:

Picture

English

Arabic

This is Fatima who went out


This is the window which is open

This is the bag that is under

the desk

In the above sentences, the nouns: Fatima, the window and a bag, are called Antecedents and that" refer to them respectively hence they are the Relative Pronouns.

Similar to

the word refers to all the three words (who, which and that).

Lets take some more examples of this rule:

Picture

English

The car that went out now is mine

The pen which is on the desk belongs to Nasir

That cat which is on the tree belongs to her

The young boy who is near the black board is from Malaysia

The young lady who went to the market is Fatima

The house which is in the street belongs to the minister

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 12 -


Part

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Exercise -

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the princip Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use fu answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with a vowe

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it comes

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answe

For more instructions click here.

)(-

The Arabic sentence above means "Complete the following sentences with the appropriate of the sentences, type out the full sentence using the words below and include the vowel

diacritical (incl. vowel) marks have been deliberately omitted below to test your understan

......
(The pen which is in my bag is broken)

......
(The watch that lies on the desk the teacher)

....
(The girl who went to the house is Fatima)

.....

(The dog that is in the garden

....
(The key that is on the book belongs to Muhammad)

....

(The hen that is on the roof belo farmer)

....
(The nurse who sat down is new)

..

(The doctor who went out of the my father)

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 12 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Exercise -

In this part of the lesson, we will test the knowledge that we have learnt in this lesson so f

Choose the correct answer for each of the following questions. Please click on the corre

below. Upon completion, click on the Mark button to see the correct answers and to obtain

In this exercise you will not be given the meaning of sentences, please visit the earlier p meanings if necessary.

Question 1

Question

The demonstrative noun for a feminine noun is

Question 3 How do you say how are you to a man?

Question

Question 5

Question

What is the translation of the girl went?

Ho yo

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 12 -


Part

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Revision

In this lesson we have learnt the following things:

o o o

How to have a dialogue in Arabic The conversion of a masculine verb into a feminine verb. The use of the feminine Relative Pronoun

Vocabulary Revision

The child

Who, that, which

(fem.)

Peace be upon you

The young man

(Greeting)


The young lady

Peace be upon you

as well

The maternal

How are you

Aunt

Malaysia

Supervisor

The minister

Now that you have covered this lesson, please also try some of the additional features we

Discussion Forum Discuss the grammatical topics learnt and any areas of confusion.

Vocabulary Flashcards Practice your vocabulary by category.

Questions Flashcards Practice questions related to the grammatical topics covered in th

We will be updating the features above to help you throughout the course In-Sh-Allh (G

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Next Lesson

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website | Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 13 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Introduction

In this lesson we will learn the following things, In-Sh-Allh (God willing):

We will learn the plural form of the Demonstrative Pronoun for the masculine and f

Singular / Demonstrative English Transliteration noun (Arabic) (Arabic) Plural

Masculine /

Feminine

Grammat

(Arabic)

This /Hdh/ (masculine)

These

/Huli/

This /Hdhihi/ (feminine)

These

/Huli/

We will learn the two kinds of plural forms of the nouns and adjectives:

Sound Plural


Singular /

Masculin English Transliteration Arabic Word Plural

Feminine (A (Arabic)

A teacher /Mudarrisun/ (masc.)


/Mudarrisna/

Teachers

(masc.)

A lady teacher /Mudarrisatun/ (fem.)


/Mudarristun/

Lady teachers

(fem.)

Broken Plural

Singular / Plural English Transliteration Arabic (Arabic)

Masculine / Fem

(Arabic)

A book

/Kitbun/


Books /Kutubun/

A garden

/Hadqatun/


Gardens /Hadaiqun/

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website | Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website | Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 13 -


Part
1

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Continued

In this part of the lesson we will learn the plural form of the Demonstrative Pronouns In-

objects that are nearby ("these") and objects that are further away ("those"). In the already learnt the following demonstrative Pronouns:

Lesson No. 1 section 1 states that

is the Demonstrative Pronoun used to refer to

masculine nouns ("this")

Lesson No. 6 section 2 states that

is the Demonstrative Pronoun used to refer to

feminine nouns. ("this")

The plural form of these Demonstrative Pronouns is the same for the masculine and femini

Demonstrative English Transliteration Pronoun

Singular /

Masculine /

Grammat Plural Feminine

(Arabic)

(Arabic)

(Arabic)

This /Hdh/ (masculine)

These

/Huli/

This /Hdhihi/ (feminine)

These

/Huli/

The plural form of the Demonstrative Pronoun for the close objects is

It is an in

takes a /kasrah/. It must however be remembered that

is used only for human be

beings. Lets take some examples for a better understanding of the rule:

Picture

English

Arabic

.:

Singular: This is a teacher

:
Plural: These are teachers

. :

Singular: This is a female student

:
Plural: These are female students

: .
Singular: This is an engineer

Plural: These are engineers

: .
Singular: This is a lady teacher

Plural: These are lady teachers

.:

Singular: This is a farmer

:
Plural: These are farmers

.:

Singular: This is a female colleague

:
Plural: These are female colleagues

.:

Singular: This is hard working

:
Plural: These are hard working

Singular: This is a wife

.:

Plural: These are wives

: .

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website | Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 13 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Exercise -

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the princip Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use fu answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with a vowe

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it comes .

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answe

For more instructions click here.

)(

The Arabic sentence above means "Point to the following nouns using the Demonstrat objects". For each of the sentences, type out the full sentence using the words below and

.....
(This is my sister)

.....
(This is my brother)

.....
(This is a hotel)

.....

(This is a grand daughte

.....
(These are lady instructors)

.....
(These are teachers)

.....

.....

(These are Muslims)

(These are lady doctors

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 13 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Continued

In this section, we will learn the plural form of nouns and Adjectives In-Sh-Allh (God wi

In English, adjectives have no plural form. So when an adjective is used to describe a sing

used to describe the plural noun e.g., if we say "Good boy" for a singular noun then i "Good boys" for the plural nouns.

In Arabic however even the adjectives have plural form, e.g., when we express the qu

( A good teacher), it will become i.e., Good teach


the noun as well as the adjective becomes plural and both change form. English and Arabic both have two kinds of plural: o o Sound Plurals Broken Plurals

The Sound Plural is the plural form of a word in which the word keeps its original form and o E.g., For English Nouns o Chair ======> Chairs School ======> Schools Girl ======> Girls

For Arabic Nouns and Adjectives:

======
People fasting ========== A person fasting

======

Female teachers ========== A female teacher

======
Hard workers ========== A hard worker

======
Small things (feminine) ========== A small thing (feminine)

In Arabic, the sound plural is either masculine or feminine. In order to convert a singular to plural the following steps should be taken:

The /tanwn/ on the last letter of the indefinite word is replaced with the single vowel o

/ammah/ (when in nominative case), single /fatah/ (when in accusative case) and singl case)

is added at the end of the word if it is in nominative case with a /ammah/ and
accusative with a /fatah/ or genitive case with a /kasrah/.

However if the word is definite, then simply

is added at the end of the word if it is in

added if the word is in accusative or genitive case. Please see below - please take n emphasise the changed and additional letters to make the words into sound plurals:

======
These are fasting ========== This is fasting

======
I saw teachers ========== I saw a teacher

======
I am with Muslims ========== I am with a Muslim

======
The engineers ========== The engineer

=====

Muhammad is with the farmers ===== Muhammad is with the farme

======
I visited the engineers ========== I visited the engineer

Lets take some examples to understand this rule:

Picture

English

Arabic

This is a Muslim

These are Muslims

I saw an inspector

I saw inspectors

He is with a supervisor

He is with supervisors

The person who fasts

The people who fast

I saw the teacher


I saw the teachers

I am with the instructor

I am with the instructors

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madin

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 13 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Continued

In order to convert a singular feminine noun or adjective to plural the following steps sho

of the feminine word is replaced with ======


Small things (feminine) ========== A small thing (feminine)

======
With female teachers ========== With a female teacher

======
The female engineers ========== The female engineer

Lets take some examples to understand this rule:

Picture

English

Arabic

A female instructor is in the house

Female instructors are in the house

This female student is hard working


These female students are hard working

I went with a female engineer

I went with female engineers

Khalida visited a female scholar

Khalida visited female scholars

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 13 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Exercise -

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the princip

Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use fu answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with a vowe

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it comes .

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answe

For more instructions click here.

The Arabic sentence above means "Change the following sentences to the plural as dem

(below)". For each of the sentences, type out the full sentence using the words below and in

: :


(This is a good instructor)


(This is a noble wife)


(This is a Muslim nurse)

(This is a hard working tea


(I wrote on a big notebook)

(This is a good female sch


(I visited a new lady doctor)

(Allah likes a person who f

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 13 -


Part
1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Continued

The Broken Plural is the plural form of a word in which the original form of the word is cha it is a change in the word rather than an extension of the word:

E.g. For English Nouns

Man

======> Men

Woman ======> Women

In Arabic, a word is generally formed on the pattern of three basic letters /fa/

/fa a la/

i.e. , etc.

Unlike in English, the broken plural is very widely used in Arabic. There are more than tw

plural. For example "A word falls into one of a number of 'patterns'. Once we know the

belongs to, we know how the word will change in plural form. This is done by mapping e

singular form to it's plural form and may involve adding letters to the word in the process.

We will cover what we mean by pattern and how we are using the middle column (belo (God willing). Some of these patterns are given below:

Plural

Pattern

Singular

(Stars)

(A star)

(Books)

(A book)

(Mountains)

(Mountain)

(Pilgrims)

(A pilgrim)

(Pens)

(A pen)

(Colleagues)

(A colleague

(Doctors)

(A Doctor)

(Brothers)

(Brother)

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madin

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us |

| Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 13 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Exercise -

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the princip Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use fu answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with a vowe

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it comes .

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answe

For more instructions click here.

The Arabic sentence above means "Change the following words to the plural on the patter

each of the words below, type out the full word in its plural form and include the vowel ma

( )

( )

(Short)

(Young boy)

( ) (

(New)

(Name)

(Student)

(Tall)

( ) (

)
(Son)

(Guest)

( )

( )

(Merchant)

(Man)

( )
(Boy)

( )

(Old man)

( ) (

(Big/Elder)

(Uncle)

( )
(Rich)

( )

(Poor)

( ) (

(Brother)

(Farm)

( ) (

(Friend)

(Husband)

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 13 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Continued

There are no specific rules or patterns for the formation of the Broken Plural of the femin

feminine nouns are mostly sound plurals. However some of the Broken Plurals of the fem but they have no specific patterns:

Picture

Plural

Singular

(Girls)

(A girl)

(Sisters)

(Sister)

(Young ladies)

(Young lady)

-
(Women)

-Plural from a

(Woman)

different root

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 13 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Exercise -

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the princip Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use fu answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with a vowe

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it comes .

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answe

For more instructions click here.


The Arabic sentence above means "Give plural of the following words". For each of the sentence using the words below and include the vowel marks.


(Girl)


(Sister)


(A Muslim female)


(Lady doctor)


(A doctor)


(A husband)


(A wife)


(A young girl)


(Elder)


(Tall)


(New)


(Brother)

(Big/Elder)

(Tall)


(Woman)


(New)

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 13 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Revision

In this lesson we have learnt the following things: o o o

The plural form of the Demonstrative Pronoun for the masculine and feminine noun Sound Plural. Broken Plural.

Vocabulary Revision

The plural

The singular

Sound plural

These

Lady teachers

Teachers (masc.)

Books

Broken plural

Female students

Gardens

Farmers

Engineers

Grand daughter

Wives

Lady instructors

Hotel

Lady doctors

Muslims

Person who fasts

Good

Hard working

People who fast

An investigator

Small

Supervisor

\ \ \ \ \

Investigators

Hard working

Instructors

(females)

Female scholars

Female scholar

Mountain /

Star / Stars

Mountains

Pen / Pens

Pilgrim / Pilgrims

Brother / Brothers

Doctor / Doctors

Young man /

Short

young men

Name / Names

New

Student / Students

\ \

Tall

A guest / Guests

Son / Sons

\ \ \ \ \

Merchant /

Man / Men

Merchants

Learned man /

Boy / Boys

Learned Men

Paternal uncle /

Elder / Elders

Paternal uncles

Rich

Poor

Friend / Friends

Farm / Farms

\ \

Husband /

Woman / Women

Husbands

Sister / Sisters

Girl / Girls

\
Young lady /

The woman / The

Young ladies

women

Now that you have covered this lesson, please also try some of the additional features we

Discussion Forum Discuss the grammatical topics learnt and any areas of confusion.

Vocabulary Flashcards Practice your vocabulary by category.

Questions Flashcards Practice questions related to the grammatical topics covered in th

We will be updating the features above to help you throughout the course In-Sh-Allh (G

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Next Lesson

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website | Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 14 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Introduction

In this lesson we will learn the following things In-Sh-Allh (God willing):

The plural form of "That" (demonstrative pronoun) for the masculine as well as the

Singular /

Masculine /

Gram English Transliteration Arabic Plural Feminine

T (Arabic) (Arabic)

That /Dhlika/ (masculine)

Those

/ulika/

That /Tilka/ (feminine)

Those

/ulika/

We will learn the plural form of the Personal Pronouns for the masculine as well as t

Singular /

Mascu

Example

English

Transliteration

Arabic

Plural

Femi

(Arabic)

(Ara


He /Huwa/

(He is tall)


They /Hum/

(They are tall)


His /Hu/

(His house)


Their /Hum/

(Their house)

She

/Hiya/

(She is ill)

They

/Hunna/

(They are ill)

Her /Ha/

(Her book)

Their /Hunna/

(Their book)

The plural form of the simple masculine as well as feminine verbs:

Singular / English Transliteration Arabic Plural (Arabic)

Masculine / Fem

(Arabic)

He went

/Dhahaba/


They went /Dhahabu/ (masc. plural)

She went

/Dhahabat/


They went /Dhahabna/ (fem. plural)

We will learn the use of a new word:

English

Arabic

Some

Part
1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website | Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website | Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 14 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Continued

In this part of the lesson we will learn the plural form of "That" In-Sh-Allh (God willi

pronoun for the distant objects. In the previous lessons we have already learnt the following d

Lesson No. 2 section 1 states that

("That") is the demonstrative pronoun used to refer to

away for masculine nouns

Lesson No. 7 section 2 states that

"( That") is the demonstrative pronoun used to refer to


away for feminine nouns.

The plural form of these demonstrative pronouns (i.e. "those") is the same for the masculin

Singular /

Masculine /

English

Transliteration

Arabic

Plural

Feminine

Grammatic

(Arabic)

(Arabic)

That /Dhlika/ (masculine)

Those

/ulika/

That /Tilka/ (feminine)

Those

/ulika/

The plural form of the demonstrative pronoun for the distant objects is

as above

and always takes a /fatah/ on the last letter. It must however be remembered that

beings and not for non human beings. Lets use some examples for a better understanding of the rule:

Picture

English

Arabic

.:
Singular: That is a father

Plural: Those are fathers

.:

Singular: That is a mother

.:

Plural: Those are mothers

.:

:
Singular: Who is that man?

Plural: Who are those men?

:
Singular: Where is that girl?

Plural: Where are those girls?

.:
Singular: That is a pilgrim

Plural: Those are pilgrims

.:

.:
Singular: That is a nurse

: .

Plural: Those are nurses

Part
1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website | Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 14 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Exercise -

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the princip

Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use fu answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with a vowe

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it comes .

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answe

For more instructions click here.

)(

The Arabic sentence above means "Point to the following nouns using the demonstrat

objects". For each of the sentences, type out the full sentence using the words below and in

.....
(That is my sister)

.....
(That is my brother)

.....
(That is a new lady doctor)

.....

(Those are merchants)

.....
(Those are female teachers)

.....
(That is a student)

.....
(Those are the mothers of the students)

.....

(Those are the fathers of the s

Part

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website | Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 14 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Continued

In this section we will learn the plural form of two of the personal and two possessive p willing):

Singular /

Mascu

Example

English

Transliteration

Arabic

Plural

Femi

(Arabic)

(Ara


He /Huwa/

(He is tall)


They /Hum/

(They are tall)


His /Hu/

(His house)


Their /Hum/

(Their house)

She

/Hiya/

(She is ill)

They

/Hunna/

(They are ill)

Her /Ha/

(Her book)

Their /Hunna/

(Their book)

The plural of both the masculine and the feminine personal as well as possessive pronoun human beings, e.g.:

======
They are teachers========== He is a teacher

======

Those are students they are from America == That is a student, he is from A

======
They are lady teachers ========== She is a lady teacher

======
Those are students, they are hard working=== That is a student, she is hard

Lets take some more examples for better understanding of the rule:

Picture

English

Arabic

Singular: He is a

. :

Muslim

Plural: They are

.:

Muslims

:
Singular: I have an

elder brother, he is in

the university

Plural: I have elder

: .

brothers, they are in the

university

Singular: His father is a

.:

doctor

Plural: Their father is a

.:

doctor.

.:
Singular: She is fasting

Plural: They are fasting

.:

Singular: She is a

: .

student, her house is

near the mosque

Plural: They are

students, their house is

near the mosque

Singular: Her book is in

.:

the bag

Plural: Their books are

.:

in the bag

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website | Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 14 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Exercise -

In this section, we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the princip Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use fu answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with a vowe

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it comes .

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answe

For more instructions click here.

The Arabic sentence above means "Change the subject of each of the following sen necessary changes". For each of the sentences, type out the full sentence using the demonstrative pronoun and other nouns to plural form and include the vowel marks.

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 14 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Continued

In this part of lesson we will learn the use of verbs with some more pronouns In-Sh-A already learnt the use of verbs with the pronouns in (Lesson No. 10 section 7).

Masculi Singular / English Transliteration Arabic Plural (Arabic)

Femini

(Arabi

He went

/Dhahaba/


They went /Dhahabu/ (masc. plural)

She went

/Dhahabat/


They went /Dhahabna/ (fem. plural)

English

New form of verb

Pronoun

Simple Verb

He went

He

They went

They (masculine)

She went

She

They went

They (feminine)

Lets take some more examples for a better understanding of the rule:

Picture

English

Arabic

Singular: He went to the

teacher

Plural: They went to the

teacher

: .

:
Singular: The student

went out with his

colleague

Plural: The students went

: .

out with their colleagues

: .

Singular: The boy sat in

the restaurant

Plural: The boys sat in the

: .

restaurant

: .

Singular: She stood near

the door

Plural: They stood near

: .

the door

: .

Singular: She wrote on the

black board

Plural: They wrote on the

: .

black board

:
Singular: Tahir's daughter

sat in the car

Plural: Tahir's daughters

sat in the car

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 14 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Exercise -

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the princip

Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use fu answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with a vowe

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it comes .

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answe

For more instructions click here.

The Arabic sentence above means "Change the following sentences to the plural". For eac the full sentence using the words below and include the vowel marks.

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 14 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Continued

In this part of lesson we will learn a new word:

meaning "some". This word

grammatical rules already covered - i.e., it takes double /ammah/ when in nominative ca accusative case and double /kasrah/ when in genitive case.

Similarly when it is annexed to a pronoun it takes a single /ammah/ if appearing in nom

if appearing in accusative case and single /kasrah/ if appearing in genitive case. Lets tak understanding of this rule:

Picture

English

Singular


These women are nurses

Some of them are from

Italy and some of them

are from France


These men are pilgrims

Some of them are from

India and some of them

are from China

Those boys are students,


some of them are in the class and some of them

are in the play ground

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 14 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Exercise -

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the princip Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use fu answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with a vowe

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it comes .

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answe

For more instructions click here.

The Arabic sentence above means "Answer the following questions as in the example". Fo

the word

to form an appropriate answer to the question, type out the full sentence

include the vowel marks.

: )(
(Christian Muslim)

.
Answers:

( )

( )

( )

( )

( )

( )

( )

( )

Part
1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9 10

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 14 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Revision

In this lesson we have learnt the following things:

We have learnt the plural form of the demonstrative pronouns for the distant objec masculine as well as the feminine nouns

We have also learnt the plural form of some more personal and possessive pronou as the feminine nouns ("they "/ "their")

We have learnt the plural form of the simple masculine as well as feminine verbs (e

Vocabulary Revision

They / Their

They (masculine

and feminine)

They went

They (feminine)

(masculine)

They went

Some

(feminine)

Italy

Visited

Christian /

The play ground

Christians

Now that you have covered this lesson, please also try some of the additional features we

Discussion Forum Discuss the grammatical topics learnt and any areas of confusion.

Vocabulary Flashcards Practice your vocabulary by category.

Questions Flashcards Practice questions related to the grammatical topics covered in th

We will be updating the features above to help you throughout the course In-Sh-Allh (G

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Next Lesson

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User M | Low Bandwidth Website | Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 15 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Introduction

In this lesson we will learn the following principles, In-Sh-Allh (God-Willing): o

We will learn the plural form of the Personal and Possessive Pronouns (i.e. Yo masculine nouns.

Singular/ Masculine Example English Transliteration Arabic Plural (Arabic) (Arabic)

Gr


You /Anta/ (Singular) You are a

boy


You

/Antum/ (Plural)

Pro

Yo

You are boys


Your /Ka/ (Singular) Your book

Your /Kum/ (Plural) Your (pl)

(P

Pro

book

Yo

The plural form of the simple masculine verbs connected to the pronoun:

Singular/ English Transliteration Arabic Plural (Arabic)

Masculine (Ar

You went

/Dhahabta/

You all went

/Dhahabtum/

We will also learn the use of a new word:

Categories

Examples

Which (Used as Muf)

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User M

| Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User M | Low Bandwidth Website | Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 15 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Continued

In this section we will learn the plural form of two more pronouns In-Sh-Allh (God w

learnt the plural form of two of the detached and two possessive pronouns in (Lesson

Singular/ Masculine Example English Transliteration Arabic Plural (Arabic) (Arabic)

Gr


You /Anta/ (Singular) You are a

boy


You

/Antum/ (Plural)

Pro

Yo

You are boys


Your /Ka/ (Singular) Your book

Your /Kum/ (Plural) Your (pl)

(P

Pro

book

Yo

If we use

for a singular noun then we use for the plural nouns.

The same rule is applied for the possessive pronoun i.e., if we say

( Your pen) for

then say

( Your pen) for the plural nouns - i.e. the pen belonging to a group of peop

It must however be remembered that the personal pronouns are indeclinable i.e., they

ending with the change of case.

So

will have the same sukn on its last letter wh

nominative case or accusative case or the genitive case. Lets take some more examples for better understanding of the rule:

English

Transliteration

Arabic

Pr

Who are you? /Man Anta/? (masculine- singular) /An libun/ I am a student

Where are you from? /Min Aina Antum/? (masculine - plural) /Nanu Mina n/ We are from China

Where is your book?

/Aina kitbuka/?

My book is in the bag

/Kitbi fil aqba/


What is your language? /Ma lughatukum/

Our language is Chinese

/Lughatun A niyyah/

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User M | Low Bandwidth Website | Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 15 -


Part
1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Exercise -

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the princip Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use fu answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with a vowe

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it comes

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answe

For more instructions click here.

The Arabic sentence above means "Answer the following questions". For each of the s sentence using the words below and include the vowel marks.

( )

( )

( )

( )

( )

( )

( )

( )

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us |

| Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 15 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Continued

In this part of the lesson we will learn the conversion of a singular past form of the verb Allh (God willing). In English the Past form of the verb does not change in plural form.

the park" becomes "We walked to the park". However, In Arabic different letters are add

verb and sometimes even the vowel ending is also changed to change a verb into the plu only learn to change a singular verb for "you" to the plural verb.

For the past tense of a verb i.e.,

the following rules are applied


You (singular) went

English

Singular

You (plural) went

Plural

When a singular (masculine) verb is changed to a plural the vowel ending /fatah/ is re

the letter

and a letter /meem/ with a /sukn/

on it is added as the last letter so

Gend English Arabic Sentence

Ve

You (singular) went to the house

. . .

You (plural) went to the house

You went out of the class

You (plural) went out of the class

. !

Oh boy! You sat on a chair

. !

Oh boys! You (plural) sat on a

chair

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 15 -


Part
1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Exercise -

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the princip Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use fu answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with a vowe

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it comes

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answe

For more instructions click here.

The Arabic sentence above means "Read the example and then change the following sent

For each of the sentences, type out the full sentence using the words below and include th

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User

| Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 15 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Continued

In this lesson, we will learn a new rule related to the /Muf/ and /Muf Ilaihi/ In-Sh-

learnt in Lesson No. 5 section 2 that the /Muf/ is definite even though it doesn't have /al

the adjective of a definite noun is always definite, so when we add an adjective to a /Mu e.g.:

English

Arabic

The new house of the Imam

The boy's broken desk

The opened window of the room

It is important to identify above the adjectives and the /Muf/ and /Muf Ilaihi/.

Similarly when the /Muf Ilaihi/ (possessor) is a possessive pronoun, the adjective of su is definite e.g.:

English

Arabic

His new house

Its opened window

It must be remembered that the adjective of the /Muf/ (i.e. possessed noun) that it same case as that of /Muf/ i.e.,

If the /Muf/ is in nominative case, the adjective will also take the nominative case e.g.:

English

Arabic

The new book of the teacher

If the /Muf/ is in genitive case, the adjective will also take the genitive case e.g.:

English

Arabic


The book is on the teacher's new desk

If the /Muf/ is a feminine noun, the adjective should also be feminine, e.g.:

English

Arabic


The old bag of the boy

More examples:

Picture

English

Arabic


This is the old car of the director

The broken pen of the girl

The dirty shirt of the father

The sparrow on the big apple tree

The vast (spacious) garden of the

house


This story is from the old book of the Arabic language

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 15 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Exercise -

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the princip Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use fu answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with a vowe

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it comes .

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answe

For more instructions click here.

:
The Arabic sentence above means "Add the appropriate adjective to the following". For out the full sentence using the words below and include the vowel marks.

..........
(Old)

..........
(New)

...........
(Closed)

..........
(Open)

.........
(Hard working)

.........
(Easy)

..........

...........

(Clean)

(Standing)

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 15 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Continued

In this lesson we will learn a new word

and the rules for its use In-Sh-Allh

interrogative article - i.e. it is used to ask questions. In Lesson No. 4 section 4 we have alr

of the interrogative articles. However unlike the other interrogative articles,

mean

/Muf/ (possessed), so any word that follows

will be treated as /Muf Ilaihi/ and wi

case with a /kasratain/. E.g.:

English

Arabic

Which house is this?

However the word

will take different cases in different situations, i.e.:

will take a nominative case with a /ammah/, if it appears as - i.e.


example:

English

Arabic

Which school is this?

will take a genitive case with a /Kasrah/, if it is preceded by a preposition, e.g.

English

Arabic

In which room did you enter?

will take an accusative case with a fatah/, if it appears as ( the


e.g.:

English

Arabic

Which language do you like?

Lets take some more examples of this rule:

Picture

English

Arabic


Which day is this?

It is Saturday


Which month is this?

This is the month of Rajab

Which faculty is this?

This is the faculty of Commerce


In which school are you?

I am in the primary school


From which country are you?

I am from Jordan


Which book do you (all) like?

We like the book of Arabic language

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 15 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Exercise -

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the princip

Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use fu answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with a vowe

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it comes .

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answe

For more instructions click here.

The Arabic sentence above means "Answer the following questions". For each of the s sentence using the words below and include the vowel marks.

( )

( )

( )

( )

( )

( )

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 15 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Revision

In this lesson we have learnt the following things:

We have learnt the plural form of the Personal and Possessive Pronouns (You / You nouns

The plural form of the simple masculine verbs connected to the pronoun

Vocabulary Revision

Your (all)

You (all)

Which

You (all) went

Chinese

France

French

Singular

Plural

Day

Saturday

Month

Faculty

Commerce

Engineering

Medicine

Primary school

Middle school

Jordan

Road

The Islamic

Airport

Law

Now that you have covered this lesson, please also try some of the additional features we

Discussion Forum Discuss the grammatical topics learnt and any areas of confusion.

Vocabulary Flashcards Practice your vocabulary by category.

Questions Flashcards Practice questions related to the grammatical topics covered in th

We will be updating the features above to help you throughout the course In-Sh-Allh (G

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Next Lesson

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us |

| Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User M | Low Bandwidth Website | Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 16 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Introduction

In this lesson we will learn the following things In-Sh-Allh (God-Willing): o

We will learn the plural form of the Personal and Possessive Pronouns (You / You nouns.

Singular/ Feminine Example English Transliteration Arabic Plural (Arabic) (Arabic)

Gr


You Anti (Singular)

You went

(D

You Antunna (Plural)

Pro

Yo

You (all)

went


Your Ki (Singular) Your

mother


Your Kunna Your (all (Plural)

Pro

of your)

Yo

mother

The plural form of the simple feminine verbs connected to the pronoun:

English

Transliteration

Arabic

You went

Dhahabti

You all went

Dhahabtunna

We will also learn the use of two new words:

English

Arabic

Before

After

We will also learn a new verb:

English

Arabic

He returned

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User M | Low Bandwidth Website | Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User M | Low Bandwidth Website | Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 16 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Continued

In this section, we will learn the plural form of two more pronouns In-Sh-Allh (God-Willi

the plural form of some of the personal and possessive pronouns in (Lesson 14 section 4) and

Singular/ Feminine Example English Transliteration Arabic Plural (Arabic) (Arabic)

Gr


You Anti (Singular)

You went

(D

You Antunna (Plural)

Pro

Yo

You (all)

went


Your Ki (Singular) Your

mother


Your Kunna Your (all (Plural)

Pro

of your)

Yo

mother

If we use

for a singular pronoun then we use for the plural pronouns.

The same rule is applied for the possessive pronoun i.e., if we say

( Your book

pronoun, we will then say

( Your (i.e. all of your) book) for the plural pronouns.

It must however be remembered that the personal pronouns are indeclinable i.e., they

ending with the change of case. So

will have the same /shaddah/ with a /fatah/ on

it is appearing in the nominative case, accusative case or genitive case. Lets take some more examples for a better understanding of the rule:

Translation

Transliteration

Arabic

Pro

Who are you? Man Anti? (feminine - singular) An libatun I am a student

Where are you from? Min Aina Antunna? (feminine - plural) Nanu Mina n We are from China

Where is your bag?

Aina haqbatuki?

My bag is in my room

Haqbat f ghurfat

.
What is your religion? Ma dnukunna?

Our religion is Islam

Dnun al Islmu

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User M | Low Bandwidth Website | Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 16 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Exercise -

In this section, we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the princip Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use fu answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with a vowe

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it comes .

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answe

For more instructions click here.

The Arabic sentence above means "Answer the following questions". For each of the s sentence using the words below and include the vowel marks.

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User Materials | | Low Bandwidth Website | Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us

| Contact Us | Help | FAQs | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Tuition Services

Lesson 16 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Continued
In this part of the lesson, we will learn the conversion of a singular verb to the plural verb In-Sh-Allh (God-Willing). We have already

covered that in Arabic different letters are added at the end of the original verb and sometimes even the vowel ending is changed. In this part we will only learn to change a singular verb for "you" to the plural verb.

For the past tense of a (feminine) verb i.e.,

the

following rules are applied

English

You (singular) went

.
You (all) went

Singular

Plural

When a singular (feminine) verb is changed to a plural the vowel

ending /kasrah/ is replaced with a /ammah/ on the letter

and a

letter noon with a /shaddah/ and /fatah/ on it is added as the last

letter so

will be changed to .
Gender of

English

Arabic Sentence Verb


You (singular) went from the

school

You (all) went from the school

You went out of the room

. .

You (all) went out of the room

Oh girl! You sat on a chair

Oh girls! You (all) sat on a

chair

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madinaharabic.net to find out more

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User Materials | |

Low Bandwidth Website | Receive Contact Us | Help | FAQs |

Updates | Report Errors | About Us


|

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contac | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Booksho

Lesson 16 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Exercise -

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the questio keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with a ( while the Alif itself can be signed when it .

The laam followed by alif

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct

For more instructions click here.

The Arabic sentence above means "Read the example and then change the followin

For each of the sentences, type out the full sentence using the words below and incl

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contac | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharab | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions | Madinaharabic.com - Arabic Language Course

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 16 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Adverbial Time Object -

In this part of the lesson we will learn a new grammatical term, In-Sh-Allh (God-Willi form of a noun which indicates the time when an action has occurred. This type of nouns

Object -

"or "The object of time ." In this part of the le

vowel ending of these words as well as the words following them, In-Sh-Allh (God-

nouns used as Adverbial Time Objects and we will learn two of them in this part of the less

English

Arabic

Before

After

These nouns are a type of Object; therefore they always take the accusative case with a /

as /Muf/ (possessed) therefore the nouns following them will take the genitive case e.g.

English

Arabic

I entered the house after the prayer

I went to the school before Ahmad

Lets take some more examples to understand this rule:

Picture

English

Arabic


Muhammad entered into the room after a prayer.


Ayesha went to the university before the lesson.


They (fem.) wrote the story after one week.

I went to hospital a month ago.

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madin

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 16 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Adverbial Time Object -

In this part of the lesson we will learn a new grammatical term, In-Sh-Allh (God-Willi form of a noun which indicates the time when an action has occurred. This type of nouns

Object -

"or "The object of time ." In this part of the le

vowel ending of these words as well as the words following them, In-Sh-Allh (God-

nouns used as Adverbial Time Objects and we will learn two of them in this part of the less

English

Arabic

Before

After

These nouns are a type of Object; therefore they always take the accusative case with a /

as /Muf/ (possessed) therefore the nouns following them will take the genitive case e.g.

English

Arabic

I entered the house after the prayer


I went to the school before Ahmad

Lets take some more examples to understand this rule:

Picture

English

Arabic


Muhammad entered into the room after a prayer.


Ayesha went to the university before the lesson.


They (fem.) wrote the story after one week.


I went to hospital a month ago.

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madin

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 16 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Exercise:

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the princip Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use fu answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with a vowe

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it comes .

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answe

For more instructions click here.

The Arabic sentence above means "Answer the following questions". For each of the s sentence using the words below and include the vowel marks.


Fatima

From the faculty of Midic


With my father

Yes, we returned from the pla


Before an hour


Before a week


After one day


After one week

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 16 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Continued

In this part of lesson we will learn a new verb

which means returned, In-Sh-Al

like all the other verbs we have learnt so far, takes the /fatah/ and is joined to the pron

the rest of the verbs. We will cover some present tense verbs below, please read the sent

these and we will cover the principles relating to the /Muri/ (present tense) verb later I Lets examine some examples for this verb:

Picture

English

Arabic

Khalid returned from school


Aminah is returning from Iran


He (masc.) is returning from the function


I am returning from my village


We are returning from Greece

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 16 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Revision

In this lesson we have learnt the following: o

We have learnt the plural form of the Personal and Possessive Pronouns ("You feminine nouns

o o

The plural form of the simple feminine verbs connected to the pronoun We have also learnt two "Adverbial Time Objects" - i.e. "before" and "after".

Vocabulary Revision

Your (all)

You (all)

(fem.)

(fem.)

You (all) went

Before

(fem.)

After

Returned

The carpet

You failed

(fem.)

Adverbial The week Time Object

A village

Greece

The hour

A day

Now that you have covered this lesson, please also try some of the additional features we

Discussion Forum Discuss the grammatical topics learnt and any areas of confusion.

Vocabulary Flashcards Practice your vocabulary by category.

Questions Flashcards Practice questions related to the grammatical topics covered in th

We will be updating the features above to help you throughout the course In-Sh-Allh (G

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Next Lesson

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 17 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6

Introduction

In this lesson we will learn the following things, In-Sh-Allh (God willing): o

We will learn that there are two groups or types of noun in Arabic that are treate Irrational nouns. We will learn how to distinguish the type of a given noun:

English

Transliteration

Arabic

A student

/libun/


(Rational)

Students

/ullbun/

A book

/Kitbun/


(Irrational)

Books

/Kutubun/

We will learn a new pattern of the broken plural:

Plural

Pattern

Singular

(Mosques)

(A mosque)

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madina

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Madinaharabic.com

Lesson 17 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6

Continued
In this section we will learn about a new form of nouns In-Sh-Allh (God willing). In Arabic, nouns are divided in two categories that do not exist in the English Language. In Arabic nouns are either Rational or Irrational. o Rational Nouns are those which refer to human beings. They are also called

intelligent i.e.,

.Besides human beings, angels, Jinn (in Islam), the

devil and such are included in this class. Some examples of rational nouns

are (doctor, boy, man) - i.e.

Irrational Nouns are those which refer to non human beings. They are also

called non-intelligent i.e.,

. Irrational nouns refer to non living

objects, animals, concepts and non human beings like trees and plants etc.

Some examples of irrational nouns are: tree, notebook, book - i.e.

.
In the singular form there is no difference between these two groups, however, there is a very important difference in the plural form of these two groups. The plurals of Rational Nouns are treated as Plural, whereas the plurals of irrational nouns are

treated as feminine singular. This concept takes some practice to understand and we will cover some examples below In-Sh-Allh (God willing): Below we can see how the pronouns that relate to the singular rational nouns are

changed in plural form, e.g. /Hdh/

( this) becomes ( those) in plural

form.

( this is a boy) if changed to plural will become


(these are boys)

( he is a man) will become ( they are men) ( that is a teacher) will become ( those
are teachers)


students)

(she is a student) will become

(they are

We can compare this to the plural of Irrational Nouns.

We can see below that

despite the nouns being plural, the pronouns that relate to these nouns are singular feminine - this does not change the plural word itself, only how the plural is treated and includes adjectives - i.e. an adjective following an irrational noun will be feminine singular:

( this is a dog) if changed to plural will become


(those are dogs).

( he is a small ( they are small donkeys)

donkey) will become

Lets look at some examples to understand this rule further:

English

Arabic

This is a new student, he is from

Belgium

These are new students, they are

. .

from Belgium

This is a new book, it is from

Belgium


These are new books, they are from

Belgium

Lesson 17 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6

Continued

We have already learnt in Lesson 13 section 7 that the Broken Plural is the plural form of a word in which the original form of the word is changed to a great extent: o E.g.: Some examples of English nouns as broken plurals are: o Man ======> Men Woman ======> Women

In contrast with sound plurals: Book ======> Books

Door ======> Doors

For Arabic Nouns and Adjectives: o There are more than twenty patterns of the broken plural for Arabic Nouns and Adjectives. We have learnt some of them in previous lessons and will learn one more pattern in this part of lesson In-Sh-Allh (God willing).

Plural

Pattern

Singular

(Mosques)

(A mosque)

Lets take some examples to memorize this pattern:

Picture

English

Arabic

This is Hamid's note book

These are Hamid's note books


This is the teacher's desk

These are the teacher's desks

This hotel is expensive

These hotels are expensive

Lesson 17 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6

Revision

In this lesson we have learnt the following: o o The Rational and Irrational Nouns A new pattern for the broken plurals

Vocabulary Revision

Irrational

Rational

Dog / Dogs

Donkey /

\ \ \

Donkeys

Note-book /

Belgium

Note-books

Desk / Desks

Hotel / Hotels

Expensive

Expensive

(masculine)

(feminine)

Now that you have covered this lesson, please also try some of the additional features we have including:

Discussion Forum Discuss the grammatical topics learnt and any areas of confusion.

Vocabulary Flashcards Practice your vocabulary by category.

Questions Flashcards Practice questions related to the grammatical topics covered in the lessons.

We will be updating the features above to help you throughout the course In-ShAllh (God willing).

Lesson 18


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Introduction -

In this lesson we will learn the following In-Sh-Allh (God willing):

The dual form (

)of the Arabic Nouns - i.e. the form that relates to


This is very important within the Arabic language and is

two of something. used frequently.

Sing. / Dual / English Transliteration Arabic Plural Masc. / Fem.

The teacher (Singular)

/Al Mudarrisu/

Two teachers (Dual)

/Al Mudarrisni/

(Masc.) /Al Mudarrisna/

The teachers (Plural)

The teacher (Singular)

/Al Mudarrisatu/

Two teachers (Dual)

/Al Mudarrisatni/

(Fem.) /Al Mudarristu/

The teachers (Plural)

We will also learn the dual form of the Demonstrative Pronouns for the near objects for both the masculine and the feminine objects (i.e. these and those):

English

Transliteration

Arabic

Sing. / Dual / Plural

Masc. / Fem.

This (masculine)

/Hdh/

These (two)

/Hdhni/

These (all)

/Huli/

This (feminine)

/Hdhihi/

These (two)

/Htni/

These all

/Huli/

And we will learn the Dual form of the Personal Pronouns for the third person:

English

Transliteration

Arabic

Sing. / Dual / Plural

Masc. / Fem.

He

/Howa/

They (two)

/Hum/

They all

/Hum/

She

/Hiya/

They (two)

/Hum/

They all

/Hunna/

We will also learn a new interrogative Article in this lesson In-Sh-Allh (God willing):

English

Arabic

How many?

Lesson 18


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Introduction -

In this lesson we will learn the following In-Sh-Allh (God willing):

The dual form (

)of the Arabic Nouns - i.e. the form that relates to


This is very important within the Arabic language and is

two of something. used frequently.

Sing. / Dual / English Transliteration Arabic Plural Masc. / Fem.

The teacher (Singular)

/Al Mudarrisu/

Two teachers (Dual)

/Al Mudarrisni/

(Masc.) /Al Mudarrisna/

The teachers (Plural)

The teacher (Singular)

/Al Mudarrisatu/

Two teachers (Dual)

/Al Mudarrisatni/

(Fem.) /Al Mudarristu/

The teachers (Plural)

We will also learn the dual form of the Demonstrative Pronouns for the near objects for both the masculine and the feminine objects (i.e. these and those):

English

Transliteration

Arabic

Sing. / Dual / Plural

Masc. / Fem.

This (masculine)

/Hdh/

These (two)

/Hdhni/

These (all)

/Huli/

This (feminine)

/Hdhihi/

These (two)

/Htni/

These all

/Huli/

And we will learn the Dual form of the Personal Pronouns for the third person:

English

Transliteration

Arabic

Sing. / Dual / Plural

Masc. / Fem.

He

/Howa/

They (two)

/Hum/

They all

/Hum/

She

/Hiya/

They (two)

/Hum/

They all

/Hunna/

We will also learn a new interrogative Article in this lesson In-Sh-Allh (God willing):

English

Arabic

How many?

Lesson 18


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

The Dual -

In Arabic, nouns fall into three categories namely

o o o

Singular - which relates to a single noun Dual - which indicates two of something Plural - which indicates more than two of something

In order to change a singular Arabic noun to the Dual the following steps are involved: o Nominative Case: To change a singular masculine noun to the case of dual the following changes occur: The last letter of the word has its vowel replaced with a single /fatah/ (i.e. replacing /the ammah/ or /dammatain/)

The suffix of

is added to the word.

See some examples below:

will become will become

To change a singular feminine noun with nominative case to the Dual, the following changes occur:

The last letter

/ t marbah/ is changed to the letter has its vowel replaced with a

The last letter (which is now)

single fatah (i.e. replacing /the amma/ or /dammatain/),

The suffix of

is added to the word.

See some examples below:

will become will become

Genitive and Accusative Case: To change a singular masculine noun with accusative or genitive case to the Dual: A single /fatah/ is added on the last letter instead of the accusative case with a /fatah/ or genitive case with a kasrah/

The suffix /Ya-Nn/

i.e., a Ya with /Sukn/ and /Nn/ with

a /Kasrah/ is added.

See some examples below:

will become will become

To change a singular feminine noun with accusative or genitive case to the Dual:

The last letter

/ t marbah/ is changed to the letter

A single fatah is added on the last letter instead of the accusative case with a /fatah/ or genitive case with a /kasrah/

The suffix /Ya-Nn/

i.e., a /Ya/ with /Sukn/ and /Nn/

with a /Kasrah/ is added.

See some examples below:

will become will become

Lets look at some more examples for a better understanding of the rule:

Picture

English

Arabic

A brother in the house

Two brothers in the house

. .
Two daughters with a teacher

. .

Two daughters with two teachers

A book in the bag


Two books in the two bags

Lesson 18

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

continued
In this part of the lesson we will learn the dual form of the demonstrative pronouns (i.e. this and that), In-Sh-Allh (God willing). In Arabic language the pronouns also have dual form. We have already learnt the singular form of masculine and feminine demonstrative pronouns for the nearby objects in (Lesson 1 section 1) and (Lesson

6_section 2) respectively. We have also learnt the plural form of the demonstrative
pronouns for the nearby objects for both the masculine as well as the feminine nouns in (Lesson 13 section 2) In this part of the lesson however, we will learn the dual form of the demonstrative pronouns for the nearby objects representing the masculine and the feminine nouns, In-Sh-Allh (God willing). In order to change the demonstrative pronouns for the near objects (masc. and fem.) to the Dual form, the following steps are involved:

To change a demonstrative pronoun for the near object representing a

masculine noun to

i.e., Dual form, i.e., a /Nn/ with a /Kasrah/ is

added, e.g.:

will become
o To change a demonstrative pronoun for the near object representing a

feminine noun

to i.e., Dual form, the last letter ha is changed

to the letter

and a single /Kasrah/ is replaced with a single /fatah/ and i.e., a long vowel /Alif/ and /Nn/ with a /Kasrah/ is

the suffix /Alif-Nn/

added i.e.,

will become
Lets examine some more examples for a better understanding of the rule:

Picture

English

Arabic

.
This is a pen

These are two pens

. .

This is a girl

These are two girls

. .

This boy is with your father

These two boys are with your father

.
This door is closed

These two doors are closed

Lesson 18


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Continued
In this part of lesson we will learn the dual form of the personal pronouns (he, she). In Arabic language all types of pronouns have a dual form, not only demonstrative pronouns. We have already learnt the singular form of masculine and feminine personal pronouns for the third person (he / she) in (Lesson 4 section 7)

In this part of the lesson we will learn the dual form of the Personal Pronouns for the third person representing the masculine and the feminine nouns, In-Sh-Allh (God willing).

In order to change the personal pronouns for the third person representing masculine and feminine nouns to the Dual form, the following steps are involved: o To change a personal pronoun for the third person representing a masculine

noun (

) to i.e., Dual form, the last letter i.e., a /Ww/ with a i.e., /Meem/ with /fatah/ and a long vowel

/fatah/ is replaced with

/Alif/, e.g.:

will become
o To change a personal pronoun for the third person representing a feminine

noun (

) to i.e., Dual form, the genitive case /kasrah/ of the letter

/ha/ is replaced with the nominative case /ammah/ and the last letter

i.e., a /Ya/ with a /fatah/ is replaced with

i.e., /Meem/ with /fatah/ and

a long vowel /Alif/, e.g.:

will become
Lets look at some more examples for a better understanding of the rule:

Picture

English

Arabic

.
He is a student

They both are students

. .

She is a teacher

They are both teachers

This boy is poor, he is an orphan

as well

These two boys are poor, they are

both orphans as well

. .

This girl is a student, she is very

hard working

These two girls are students, they

are both very hard working

Lesson 18

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

How much- How many

In this part of the lesson we will learn a new Interrogative Article, In-Sh-Allh (God willing). We have already learnt the use of Interrogative Articles in (Lesson 4 section

4).

In this part of the lesson we will learn the rules for the Interrogative Article

meaning (How many?), In-Sh-Allh (God willing). We have previously learnt that the noun following an interrogative article takes the nominative case i.e., single /ammah/ if the noun is definite and double /ammah/ if the nouns are indefinite.

However this rule does not apply to the noun following the interrogative article

The following rules are applied for the use of the interrogative article

The noun following the interrogative article

is mostly a singular indefinite

noun e.g.:

i.e., How many books do you have? i.e., How many notebooks are with you?
The noun following the interrogative article

always takes an accusative case i.e.,

/fatatain/ double-/fatah/ on the last letter. It must however be remembered that a masculine indefinite noun takes an /Alif/ along with /tanwn/ in the accusative case but

the feminine indefinite noun ending in the

/ t marbah/ does not take the /Alif/ -

e.g.:

i.e., How many shirts (masculine noun) are these? i.e., How many watches (feminine noun) are in your bag?
Lets look at some more examples for a better understanding of the rule:

Picture

English

Arabic

How many brothers do you

have Oh' Muhammad?

I have one brother

And how many sisters do

you have?

I have two sisters

How many wheels does a

bicycle have Oh' Hamid?

It has two wheels


How many Eid festivals are there in a year Oh' Baquir?

There are two Eid festivals

: .

in a year: they are Eid-ul-

Fitr and Eid-ul-Adha

Lesson 18


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Revision -

In this lesson we have learnt the following things:

o o o

The dual form of the Arabic nouns, The dual form of the demonstrative pronouns for the near objects (this) A new interrogative article to ask "how many?"

Vocabulary Revision

The two

Dual

teachers

These two

The two lady

(masculine)

teachers

These two

They (dual)

(feminine)

Two teachers

How many?

The two trees

Two bags

Two lady

Two girls

teachers

Two brothers

Two kitchens

Two boys

Two gardens

The two books

Two keys

Two pens

Two watches

Two note-books

Two doors

A ruler / Two

A poor man /

rulers

Two poor men

\
An orphan /

A wheel / Two

Two orphans

wheels

An Eid festival /

The cycle

Two Eid

festivals

Eid-ul-Fitr

Eid-ul-Adha

Now that you have covered this lesson, please also try some of the additional features we have including:

Discussion Forum Discuss the grammatical topics learnt and any areas of confusion.

Vocabulary Flashcards Practice your vocabulary by category.

Questions Flashcards Practice questions related to the grammatical topics covered in the lessons.

We will be updating the features above to help you throughout the course In-ShAllh (God willing).

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Lesson 19


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Introduction

In this lesson we will learn the following things, In-Sh-Allh (God Willing):

We will learn Number Phrase and the rules relating to the use of the numbers 1 to 10 for masculine nouns.

Arabic English Transliteration Phrase Number

One book

/Kitbun Whidun/

Two pens

/Qalamni Ithnni/

Three books

/Thalthatu Kutubin/

Four men

/Arbaatu Rijlin/


Five boys /Khamsatu Awldin/

Six Riyals (Saudi /Sittatu Riyltin/ currency)

Seven doors

/Sabaatu Abwbin/

Eight stories

/Thamniyatu Aibbin/

Nine brothers

/Tisaatu Ikhwatin/

Ten Quroosh

/aasharatu Qurshin/

Lesson 19


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Number phrase (with one and two)-

)(

In this section we will learn the use of first two numbers in Arabic, In-Sh-Allh (God Willing).

In Arabic language the phrase comprising of a number and a noun following that

number is called a Number Phrase i.e.,

The number is called /adad/ i.e.,

and the noun describing that number is

called /Madd/

i.e., the noun that the number is counting.

The number phrase for number "one" and "two" are treated as an Adjective Phrase. We have already learnt the rules for the Adjective Phrase in ( Lesson 9 section 2)

The nouns for the numbers "one" and "two" always precede the number i.e., they come before the number, and the number following them is treated as an adjective of these nouns, i.e..: the number will take the same case as the noun and it will take the same gender.

Let us take some examples:

One book will be translated as

-are usually omitted and

Two chairs will be translated as

In Arabic the numbers (one and two) i.e.,

the single or the dual form is considered to be sufficient to suggest the meaning of

(one and two) i.e., in order to say one glass it is sufficient to say

,and in

order to say two glasses it is sufficient to say

However the words

are used for emphasis.

Lets take some examples to understand this rule:

Picture

Translation

Arabic

One pen is on my desk

I saw one soldier


Ali sat on one chair

These are two brothers

I visited two friends


You stood on two desks

Lesson 19


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Exercise -

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the principles we have learnt In-Sh'-Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and using the on-screen keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use full diacritics in your answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with

a vowel)

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it

comes with hamzah).

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answer and to get your mark.

For more instructions click here.

)(
The Arabic sentence above means "Write the two numbers, one and two and make the following words as nouns for these two numbers - once with one and then with two". In each of the boxes below type the word again followed by the numbers one and then two (in the next box) using the keyboard (as above) including the vowelmarks and punctuation. Each word is repeated tw

It must be noted that the dual form of

is and not

Lesson 19


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Number phrase (from 3 to 10) -

)(

In this part of the lesson we will learn the Arabic numbers from 3 to 10 and the rules relating to their use, In-Sh-Allh (God Willing).

In Arabic language, for the numbers 3 to 10, the following rules are applied: o The number always precedes the noun, i.e., the noun always appears after

the number, e.g.,

meaning "Three pens"

The noun should always be in plural form whereas the number always appear

in singular form, e.g.,

meaning "Four soldiers"

The number will take different cases according to the situation, but the noun

will always take the genitive case, i.e.,

meaning "Seven days"

The noun is mostly indefinite, and hence it takes the double /kasrah/ e.g.,

meaning "Ten people"


o The number of the masculine noun is always feminine with a /t marbah/ as the last letter i.e., whenever there is a masculine noun, the number for

that noun should always be in feminine form e.g.,

meaning

"5 men". Let us cover some examples for a better understanding of the rule:

Picture

Translation

Arabic

In the house, there are three

boys.


Ahmad sat with six teachers

.
Wajid ate nine grapes

.
Khalida visited eight countries


Nasir opened four doors

.
In my bag there are five pens

Lesson 19


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Exercise -

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the principles we have learnt In-Sh'-Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and using the on-screen keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use full diacritics in your answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with

a vowel)

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it

comes with hamzah).

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answer and to get your mark.

For more instructions click here.

:
The Arabic sentence above means "Write the numbers within the brackets in

words and make the given words as nouns for them". Type out the words and numbers and include the vowel marks

Lesson 19


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Revision

In this lesson we have learnt the formation of the number phrase and the rules relating to its formation

Vocabulary Revision

The number

The number

phrase

The numbered

One

noun

Three

Two

Five

Four

Seven

Six

Nine

Eight

A soldier

Ten

Grapes

\ \

Countries / A

\ \

country

Pockets / A

Passengers / A

pocket

passenger

Quarsh / Quroosh

The bus


(Qursh = 1/10th of Riyal)

Now that you have covered this lesson, please also try some of the additional features we have including:

Discussion Forum Discuss the grammatical topics learnt and any areas of confusion.

Vocabulary Flashcards Practice your vocabulary by category.

Questions Flashcards Practice questions related to the grammatical topics covered in the lessons.

We will be updating the features above to help you throughout the course In-ShAllh (God willing).

Lesson 20 -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Introduction

In this lesson we will learn the following, In-Sh-Allh (God willing): o We will learn Number Phrase with the feminine noun as /Madd/:

Arabic English Transliteration Phrase Number

One bag

/aqbatun Widatun/

Two note books

/Kurrsatni Ithnatni/

Three gardens

/Thalthu Hadqtin/

Four magazines

/Arbau Maalltin/

Five nurses

/Khamsu Mumarridhtin/

Six teachers

/Sittu Mudarristin/

Seven schools

/Sabu Madrastin/

Eight buses

/Thamn filtin/

Nine girls

/Tisu Bantin/

Ten rooms

/ashru Ghurafin/

Lesson 20 -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Number phrase -

In this section, we will learn the use of the first two numbers in Arabic, In-Sh-Allh (God Willing) relating to feminine /Ma'dood/. previous section: To recap the rules we learnt in the

We have already learnt in the previous lesson that in Arabic language the phrase comprising of a number and a noun following that number is called a Number Phrase

i.e.,

the number is called /A'adad/ i.e.,

and the noun

describing that number is called /Ma'adood/

i.e., the noun for that

number. The number phrase for number "one" and "two" are treated as an Adjective Phrase. We have already learnt the rules for the Adjective Phrase in (Lesson 9 section 2) The nouns for the numbers "one" and "two" always precede the number i.e., they come before the number and are treated as the adjective of that number i.e.: o o o The noun will take the same case as the number. It will take the same gender. It will always be an indefinite noun.

For example:

One note-book will be translated as

Two faculties will be translated as

Lets use some more examples to understand this rule:

Picture

Translation

Arabic

One cow is in the field

I have two daughters

He read one book

She studied two stories


The books are in one bag


The boys are in two gardens

Lesson 20 -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Exercise -

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the principles we have learnt In-Sh'-Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions: o Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and using the on-screen keyboard or your actual keyboard. o Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use full diacritics in your answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with

a vowel)

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it

comes with hamzah).

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answer and to get your mark.

For more instructions click here.

)(

The Arabic sentence above means "Write the two numbers, one and two and make the following words as nouns for these two numbers - once with one and then with two". In each of the words below simply type the word again with the numbers one and then two using the keyboard (as above) including the vowel-marks and punctuation

Lesson 20 -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Number phrase -

In this part of the lesson, we will revise the Arabic numbers from 3 to 10 and the rules relating to their use, In-Sh-Allh (God Willing). In Arabic language, for the numbers 3 to 10, the following rules are applied, this is revision with examples of feminine /ma'dood/: o The number always precedes the noun, i.e., the noun always appears after the number, e.g.:

meaning "Three sisters"

The noun should always be in plural form whereas the number always appears in singular form, e.g.:

meaning

"Four

words.

The number will take different cases according to the situation, but the noun will always take the genitive case, e.g.:

meaning

"Seven

universities".

The noun is always indefinite, and hence it takes the double /Kasrah/ and no /alif-laam/ e.g.:

meaning "Ten paternal aunts".

The number of the feminine noun is always masculine .i.e., whenever there is a feminine noun, the number for that noun should always be in masculine form e.g.:

meaning "Five women"

Lets use some examples for a better understanding of the rule:

Picture

Translation

Arabic

I have three note-books


She went to five different lady doctors

You sat with six friends

.
Hameeda visited eight cities

Lesson 20 -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Revision

In this lesson we have learnt the following: o We have learnt the Number Phrase with the feminine noun as /Ma'adood/

Vocabulary Revision

Two

One

Four

Three

Six

Five

Eight

Seven

Ten

Nine

Two chickens / One

Two faculties / One

chicken

\ \ \

faculty

Two daughters / One

Two libraries / One

\ \ \

daughter

library

Two sisters / One

Two lady doctors /

sister

One lady doctor

Two magazines / One

Two stories / One

magazine

story

Now that you have covered this lesson, please also try some of the additional features we have including:

Discussion Forum Discuss the grammatical topics learnt and any areas of confusion.

Vocabulary Flashcards Practice your vocabulary by category.

Questions Flashcards Practice questions related to the grammatical topics covered in the lessons.

We will be updating the features above to help you throughout the course In-Sh-Allh (God willing). Lesson 21 -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Introduction

In this lesson we will learn the following In-Sh-Allh (God-willing): o We will learn about the words which do not have tanwn i.e.: double Vowel sign in any case. These types of words are called Diptotes in English and

in Arabic.

There are many reasons that will

cause a word to fall under the classification of a diptote. Examples are listed below along with their reason for falling under this classification:

English

Reason for not having Tanwn

Arabic

Fatima (name)

Feminine Proper nouns do not have Tanwn

Hasnaa (name)

Feminine Proper nouns do not have Tanwn

Hamda (name)

Feminine Proper nouns do not have Tanwn

Masculine Proper nouns ending in "T Marbah" do not Hamza (name) have Tanwn

Masculine Proper nouns on pattern of Anwar (name)

do not have

Tanwn

Adjectives on the pattern of Black

do not have Tanwn

Adjectives on the pattern of Thirsty

do not have Tanwn

Pakistan

Non-Arabic Proper nouns do not have Tanwn

Some of the patterns of Broken Plurals do not have Tanwn e.g.:

English

Pattern of Broken Plural:

Arabic

Doctors

Agents

Mosques

Keys

Lesson 21 -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

The Un-Nunated Nouns -

In this lesson, we will learn about the words which do not have Tanwn .i.e., the double vowel sign on the last letter, In-Sh-Allh.

In Arabic language most of the nouns and adjectives have Tanwn. However there are certain cases when the Tanwn is omitted, these include:

When the noun or adjective is annexed to the definite article

:We have

already learnt in (Lesson 3_section 1) that when a noun is annexed to the

definite article

then it does not take the double vowel. e.g.: will become if annexed to will be

The word

The phrase

When the noun is Muf: We have learnt in (Lesson 5_section 2) that Muf is definite by position, therefore it cannot take Tanwn. e.g.:

The word

if annexed to it will become :We learnt in (Lesson

When a noun is preceded by the Vocative Article

5_section 7) that when a noun is preceded by the vocative article, the double
vowel sign on the last letter is replaced with a single ammah. e.g.:

The word

- when preceded by the vocative article

the

double vowel sign on the last letter is replaced with single ammah, so

it will become

Lets review some examples to revise these rules:

Reason for un-

Picture

Translation

nunation (removal of Tanwn)

Arabic


'Book' is annexed with The big book the definite article

The book of Arabic Possessive Expression Language

The husband is in the

Annexed to the definite

field

article

.
Oh Waheed where did Preceded by Vocative you go? Article

He is the Dean of the Possessive Expression University

Oh girls, where is the

Preceded by Vocative

food?

Article

Lesson 21 -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Exercise -

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the principles we have learnt In-Sh'-Allh (God-Willing). To answer the questions:

Type the complete answer for the following questions by selecting the question and using the on-screen keyboard or your actual keyboard.

Use the Shift key to enter characters on the upper portions of the letters and use full diacritics in your answers e.g. fathah, kasrah, sukn etc.

Do not use diacritics in the following cases:

The Alif followed by laam

( while the laam itself can be signed with

a vowel)

The laam followed by alif

( while the Alif itself can be signed when it

comes with hamzah).

Do not put the small Alif on words like

Do not put diacritics on long vowels.

Upon completion of all questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answer and to get your mark.

For more instructions click here.

)(
The Arabic sentence above means Write the reason of un-nunation. For each of the words. Write the grammatical rule (in Arabic) that has caused the removal of nunation. The 3 possible reasons are:

(Annexation of noun in the possessive case)

(Definite Article)

(Vocative Particle)


(Oh Muhammad)


(The expert doctor)


(The students of the class)


(The Lord of the Universe)


(This family is big)


(Oh Adam)


(The Arabic magazine)


(Creator of the Universe)

Part
1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available

Lesson 21 -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

The Diptotes -

In this section we will learn about the Diptotes In-Sh-Allh (God-willing). In the Arabic language, there are certain nouns and adjectives which never have Tanwn. These types of nouns and adjectives are called Diptotes in English and

in the Arabic language.

There are different groups but in this lesson we will learn only the following groups of such words: o Feminine Nouns: All the feminine proper nouns (i.e. names), suffixed by the feminine sign or otherwise never have Tanwn. e.g.:

Masculine Nouns: The masculine proper nouns (i.e. names) with T Marbah as the ending letter do not take Tanwn. e.g.:

Masculine Proper nouns on the pattern of

All the masculine proper

nouns (names) which resemble the pattern of

never have Tanwn. e.g.:

- etc.: All

Masculine Proper Nouns on any Pattern of verb as:

the masculine proper nouns which resemble these patterns of verb never have Tanwn. e.g.:

Lets take some examples for better understanding of the rule:

Reason of UnPicture nunation Translation Arabic


Nadia went out of the house

Feminine Proper

This is Asma, she is

Noun

my sister

Maryam ate the

food

Masculine Proper

Noun on the pattern

The professor's

of

name is Ajmal

Lesson 21 -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Exercise -

In this section we will have multiple questions to test your understanding of the principles we ha Allh (God willing).

Choose a word from column

that can be used to complete the sentence in column .

Click on a

that you would like to answer (this will be highlighted) then click on its suitable complement in

completing all possible questions, click on the Mark button to see the correct answer and obtain you

The sentence above means "Distinguish the Nunated and un-nunated nouns and explain the reaso

For each of the sentences in the column

) (there is a matching reason in the column ) (to expl )(

word in red is un-nunated.

The current order of the reasons in column

is not correct an

the matching reason and write this down - the correct order can be found in the Answers after yo the question.

Please write the following answers with a pen and paper joining the letters. It is important that writing skills in the duration of this course to master the language In-Sh-Allh (God-willing). This

vocabulary. To hear the pronunciation of any of the words or vocabulary, click on the word/ sentenc

( )

()

(Masculine noun on pattern of )

(Sara went to her house)

(Feminine Noun)

(The room's window is big)


(Possessive Expression)

( )

(Ummaya is an intelligent studen

(Masculine Noun with T Marbah as ending letter)

(A boy ate the food)

(Masculine noun on pattern of

( (

(O' Naseem did you come back from sc

(Vocative particle)

(Ahmad went out with Rashid)

(Definite Article )

(Yazeed is in the class with the teac

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Our Native Arabic Tutors are available to teach over Skype. Please visit our Tuition Centre at www.madinaharabic.ne

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | User Materials | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | Help | FA | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | Use

| Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact Us | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/ Flashcards Tests

Forum

Bookshop

Lesson 21 -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

The Diptotes -

In this section we will continue learning about the Diptotes In-Sh-Allh. Some of the other types of the un-nunated nouns are:

Adjectives on the Pattern of

:The adjectives on the pattern of d

sign i.e., they are diptotes. e.g.:

( Thirsty) ( Angry)
(Full)

The adjectives on the pattern of

:All the adjectives on the pattern of

they never take Tanwn. e.g.:

( Red) ( Black) ( White)

Non Arabic Proper nouns: Most of the non Arabic proper nouns are unnunated an Tanwn. e.g.:

The Biblical Names: Most of the Biblical names do not take Tanwn e.g., na

i.e.:

etc. because they are not deri

Other Foreign Arabicised Names: All the foreign names which have been A

on them e.g.:

etc.

Exception to this Rule: However the non Arabic names comprising of three radica


Lets review some examples for a better understanding of the rule:

Reason of Picture Unnunation Translation

Arab

Adjectives on the I went out of the

Pattern

class room and I am

angry

.
Adjectives on the

Pattern

This colour is green


Foreign Arabicised Pakistan is a Muslim Nouns country


Ishaq is an Biblical Noun intelligent student


Foreign Arabicised January is the first Words month of the year

Lesson 21 -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

The Diptotes (continued) -

In this section, we will learn about one more group of the Diptotes, i.e. another type of the un-nunated noun In-Sh-Allh.

Some of the Patterns of Broken Plurals: There are some patterns of broken plurals which never take Tanwn i.e., the double vowel sign e.g.:

i.e., ( Colleagues) i.e., ( Rich) i.e., ( Mosques) i.e., ( Lamps)

Lets take some examples for better understanding of the rule:

Reason of Picture Unnunation Translation Arabic

Where are your

colleagues?

Broken Plural on In the street there are the Pattern poor people

Many partners went

together

Broken Plural on They are friends the Pattern


These merchants are rich

.
There are a lot of schools in this village.

Broken Plural on

the Pattern

These are beautiful

mosques.

These are wooden

desks.


Golden keys are for the house

Broken Plural on

the Pattern


These handkerchiefs

are dirty

Lesson 21 -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

The Diptotes (continued) -

In this section, we will learn about one more group of the Diptotes, i.e. another type of the un-nunated noun In-Sh-Allh.

Some of the Patterns of Broken Plurals: There are some patterns of broken plurals which never take Tanwn i.e., the double vowel sign e.g.:

i.e., ( Colleagues) i.e., ( Rich) i.e., ( Mosques) i.e., ( Lamps)

Lets take some examples for better understanding of the rule:

Reason of Picture Unnunation Translation Arabic

Broken Plural on

Where are your

the Pattern

colleagues?


In the street there are poor people

.
Many partners went together

They are friends Broken Plural on

the Pattern

These merchants are rich


There are a lot of schools in this village.

Broken Plural on

the Pattern

These are beautiful

mosques.

These are wooden

desks.

Broken Plural on

the Pattern

Golden keys are for the

house


These handkerchiefs are dirty

Lesson 21 -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Revision -

In this lesson we have learnt the following: o We have learnt the plural form of the Personal and Possessive Pronouns referring to the masculine nouns o The plural form of the simple masculine verbs connected to the pronoun

Vocabulary Revision

Angry

Thirsty

Mosques

Agents

The farm

Keys

Food

Director

The Lord of the Expert Universe

The Creator of

The magazine

the Universe

Filled

Doctors

Black

White

Jacob

Red

Jesus

Isaac

David

Pakistan

Moscow

London

January

Tehran

Loot

Noah

Green

Golden

Wooden

Now that you have covered this lesson, please also try some of the additional features we have including:

Discussion Forum Discuss the grammatical topics learnt and any areas of confusion.

Vocabulary Flashcards Practice your vocabulary by category.

Questions Flashcards Practice questions related to the grammatical topics covered in the lessons.

We will be updating the features above to help you throughout the course In-ShAllh (God willing).

Lesson 22 -

Cases of Diptotes -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Cases of Diptotes -

In this part of the lesson, we will learn the cases of the Diptotes In-Sh-Allh (God Willing) i.e.,


Unlike the ordinary nouns, "The Diptotes" do not take double vowel mark. Similarly, Diptotes do not take /Kasrah/ in the genitive case. We know that the noun takes the genitive case i.e., single /Kasrah/ if it is definite

e.g.

and double /Kasrah/ if it is indefinite e.g. ,when

it is in the possessive expression (annexation) or when it is preceded by a

preposition.

However diptotes

take /fatah/ instead of a /Kasrah/ if

in genitive case. We have already learnt in the previous lesson i.e., ( Lesson 20 section

4) that Diptotes are those nouns or adjectives which never take /tanwn/ i.e., Double
Vowel Mark. So whenever a diptote noun is preceded by a preposition or is /Muf Ilaihi/ it will take a /fatah/ instead of a /Kasrah/ - for example - Ahmad's book i.e.,


The same is the case with all the other groups of diptotes we have learnt so far. Lets take some examples for this rule:

English

Transliteration

Arabic

Where are you from?

/Min aina Anta/?

I am from Pakistan

/Ana min Bakistan/

What is your name?

/Mas muka/?

My name is Anwar

/Ismi Anwaro/

With whom did you /Maa man rajata/? return?


/Rajatu maa Ahar, huwa I returned with Athar, he adq/ is my friend

What did you eat in the

/Mdh akalta fil ghadi/?

meal?

I ate a fish

.
/Akaltu samakatan/


Talha neither drinks in / alatu l yashrabua f fanana dhahabiyyatin wal f fanana fiiyyatin/

golden nor silver cups.

Lesson 22 -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Cases of Diptotes -

Cases of Diptotes -

In this section, we will learn the accusative case of diptotes In-Sh-Allh (God Willing):

Previously we have learnt only one situation when a noun takes the accusative case and that is:

When the noun is the object of a verbal sentence

i.e.,

o However, since the diptote does not take a /tanwn/, if it is used as the object of a verbal sentence it will take a single /fatah/ instead of double vowels

e.g.,

Lets review some examples to understand this rule:

Picture

Translation

Arabic

Yusuf entered buildings

The guests went out of hotels

.
I bought wooden desks

.
Nasir took the keys of the house

.
The boy bought a black pen

Lesson 22 -

Cases of Diptotes -


Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Revision

In this lesson we have learnt the following things:

The declension of the diptotes in the accusative case (as a direct object of the nominal sentence)

The declension of the diptotes in the genitive case (after a preposition or in Ifa expression (annexation))

Vocabulary Revision

Fish

The meal

Golden

Paris

London

Jeddah

The guests

Wooden

Now that you have covered this lesson, please also try some of the additional features we have including:

Discussion Forum Discuss the grammatical topics learnt and any areas of confusion.

Vocabulary Flashcards Practice your vocabulary by category.

Questions Flashcards Practice questions related to the grammatical topics covered in the lessons.

We will be updating the features above to help you throughout the course In-ShAllh (God willing).

Lesson 23 -

Noun and its Types

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Noun and its Types

In this part of lesson we will learn the first type of the definite noun i.e., Proper Noun

and its cases In-Sh-Allh.


A proper noun is the name of a specific person, thing or place e.g., Hamid

Quran

,Madinah .

Proper nouns can include the names of countries,

people, states, tribes, rivers or oceans and the mountains. The proper nouns

take the cases similar to the ordinary nouns i.e., Double ammah when in nominative case, Double Fatah when in accusative case and Double Kasrah when in genitive case.

However the proper nouns which are Diptotes follow the rule of diptotes that we have read in previous lessons.

Lets take some examples for this rule:

English

Transliteration

Arabic

Ahmad is brave

Amadu Shuaun

Fatima is at the shore

Fimatu ala Shi'i al Bar-

of the Red Ocean

il-Amari

I rubbed the Black Masatu Al aara al Aswada Stone

. .

I drank the Zamzam Sharibtu M'a Zamzama Water

This is Tariq Mountain

Hdh abalu riqin

Lesson 23 -

Noun and its Types

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Pronouns and their Types

In this section we will learn the Pronouns, In-Sh-Allh (God-willing). In the previous lessons we have learnt that in Arabic language there are two types of

Pronouns namely Attached Pronouns

and Detached Pronouns

Similar to the English Language, the Arabic Pronouns are divided by 1st. person ( I / We), 2nd. person (You) and 3rd. person (He / She / They).

Example:

Person

Arabic

I / We

1st.

You

2nd.

He / She / They

3rd.

We can see the detached pronouns that we normally use for the different persons below as well as the attached pronouns which we will cover in more detail below.

Attached Meaning: Pronoun:

Singular / Plural / Gender of person: Dual Arabic: Person:

Masculine or I Singular Feminine

1st

Masculine or We Plural Feminine


2nd

You

Singular

Masculine

You

Dual

Masculine

You

Plural

Masculine

You

Singular

Feminine

You

Dual

Feminine

You

Plural

Feminine

He

Singular

Masculine

3rd

She

Singular

Feminine

Masculine and They Dual Feminine

They

Plural

Masculine

They

Plural

Feminine

The Attached Pronoun for 1st Person Singular is

for both masculine and feminine for both the masculine and

e.g.,

(my bag (fem.)) and for Plural it is

feminine

(our religion)

The Attached Pronouns for 2nd Person are as follows:

2nd Person Singular Male =

e.g., meaning "Your house"

2nd Person Singular Female =

e.g., meaning "Your book"


e.g.,

2nd Person Dual for both masculine and feminine =

meaning "Desk of both of you"


2nd Person Plural masculine =

e.g.,

meaning

"The

teacher of all of you".

2nd Person Plural feminine =

e.g., meaning "The room

of all of you" o The Attached Pronouns for 3rd Person are as follows:

3rd Person Singular Male =

e.g., meaning "His ruler"


e.g.,

3rd Person Singular Female =

meaning "Her

kitchen"

3rd Person Dual for both masculine and feminine =

e.g.,

meaning "School of both of them"

3rd Person Plural masculine =

e.g., meaning "Their play

ground".

3rd Person Plural feminine =

e.g., meaning "Their

duty It must be remembered however that the noun followed by the attached pronoun is always a definite noun and therefore it does not take a double vowel. Lets review some examples to understand this rule:

Picture

Translation

Arabic

.
He is the owner of the house.

This is his house

They have come to Egypt

These are their hotels.

You are a student and Muhammad is

your teacher


You and your colleagues have read the book

I am Khalid and China is my country


Muhammad and I are colleagues, our houses are near the Masjid

Lesson 23 -

Noun and its Types

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Revision -

In this lesson we have learnt the following new words:

Vocabulary Revision

English

Arabic

English

Arabic


The black stone Makkah

Proper Noun

Brave

The beach

The Red Sea

Rubbed

The Zamzam Water

Busy

Book of Allah (God)

Cave of Hira

Son of Mary

Duty

The Holy House

Now that you have covered this lesson, please also try some of the additional features we have including:

Discussion Forum Discuss the grammatical topics learnt and any areas of confusion.

Vocabulary Flashcards Practice your vocabulary by category.

Questions Flashcards Practice questions related to the grammatical topics covered in the lessons.

We will be updating the features above to help you throughout the course In-ShAllh (God willing).

Lesson 24

Noun and its Types (continued...) -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Introduction

In this lesson, we will learn about the Demonstrative Pronouns

and Relative Pronouns

in detail.

In previous lessons we have learnt the basics of the Demonstrative Pronouns (see

Lesson 1, Lesson 2, Lesson 6, Lesson 7|L007_001.html||, Lesson 13, & Lesson 18) and
Relative Pronouns in (Lesson 9, & Lesson 12). "A Demonstrative Pronoun is a noun that represents the near or the distant object. o We know that in English "This" is used to point to the near singular object and "That" is used for the distant object and "These" is used to point towards the near Plural Objects and "Those" is used for the Distant Objects. However different nouns are not used for the Dual (in English language) and there is no difference of gender i.e., the same nouns are used for the masculine as well as the feminine. o In Arabic however, different Demonstrative Pronouns are used for singular, dual and plural objects. Similarly different Nouns are used for the masculine as well as the feminine.

Demonstrative English Transliteration Gender/Number Arabic Nouns

Hdh

Masculine/Singular

This

Hdhihi

Feminine/Singular

)(

Hdhni These

Masculine/Dual

two Htni Feminine/Dual

Masculine & Feminine/ These all Huli Plural

Dhlika

Masculine/Singular

)(

That

Tilka

Feminine/Singular

Those Dhnika two Masculine/Dual

Tnika

Feminine/Dual

Masculine & Feminine/ Those all 'ulika Plural

Following are the examples for the Demonstrative Pronouns:

Picture

English

Arabic

This is a book

This is a notebook

That is a cow

These are two books

These are two cows

These are men

Those are guests

"A Relative Pronoun is a noun which refers or relates to some noun preceding it". o The Arabic Relative Pronouns have different forms for singular, dual and plural as well as for masculine and feminine.

Relative English Transliteration Gender/Number Arabic Nouns

Al-Ladh

Masculine/Singular

Who/That

Al-Lat

Feminine/Singular

Al-ladhni Those two/Who

Masculine/Dual

(dual) Al-latni Feminine/Dual

Al-ladhna Those all/Who

Masculine/ Plural

(all) Al-L Feminine/Plural

Lets take some examples of the Relative Pronouns:

English

Arabic

This is Muhammad who has passed

This is the door which is in front of the mosque

. .
Those are the brothers who went to the University

That is the cat that has sat

Lesson 24

Noun and its Types (continued...) -

Part
1

2 3 4 5 6 7

Demonstrative Pronouns & their types

In this part of lesson we will learn all the Demonstrative Pronouns i.e., singular, dual and plural for masculine as well as feminine objects, In-Sh-Allh (God-Willing).

In the previous section we have already defined the Demonstrative Pronoun as "A Pronoun which is used to represent a near or distant object".

In Arabic language there are different Demonstrative Pronouns for the dual objects and they are:

for dual masculine near object for dual feminine near object for dual masculine distant object for dual feminine distant object.

Lets review some examples of the Demonstrative Pronouns

Picture

English

Arabic

This is a pen

This is a bag

These are two books

These are two baskets

These are doctors


These are nurses

That is the road

That is a car

Those are two boys

Those are two broom sticks

Those are scholars

Those are the lady doctors

Lesson 24

Noun and its Types (continued...) -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Relative Pronouns -

In this part of lesson we will learn all the Relative Pronouns i.e., singular, dual and plural for masculine as well as feminine objects, In-Sh-Allh (God-Willing).

In the previous sections we have already defined the Relative Pronoun as A Pronoun which refers or relates to some noun preceding it ".

In Arabic language there are different Relative Pronouns for the singular, dual and plural objects which are illustrated below:

Relative English Transliteration Gender/Number Arabic Nouns

Al-Ladh

Masculine/Singular

Who/That

Al-Lat

Feminine/Singular

Al-Ladhni Those two/Who

Masculine/Dual

(dual) Al-Latni Feminine/Dual

Al-ladhna Those all/Who

Masculine/ Plural

all Al-L Feminine/Plural

Lets review some examples to understand this rule:

Picture

Translation

Arabic

He is the

owner of the

house who

went out of the

house.


This is the student who

won the prize

They are the

two students

who work hard

in the class

They are those

who cheat in

the exam

These are the

two students

(female) who

are hard

working

| Home | Support Us | Printable E-book | Downloadable Website | Podcasts | | Low Bandwidth Website

| Receive Updates | Report Errors | About Us | Contact U | Privacy Notice | Terms and Conditions |

Arabic Course

Vocabulary/

Forum

Bookshop

Flashcards Tests

Lesson 24

Noun and its Types (continued...) -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Revision

In this lesson we have learnt the following things: o

We have learnt all the forms of the Demonstrative Pronouns referring to the nouns

All the forms of Relative Pronouns referring to the masculine and the feminine n

Vocabulary Revision

These two

These two

(masculine)

(feminine)

Those two

Those two

(masculine)

(feminine)

Two Oranges

Two baskets

Two broom

Favourite

sticks

Muslim

Famous

Believers

(feminine dual)

Respectful

Faithful

(feminine dual)

who (masculine

Who (feminine

dual)

dual)

Who (masculine

Who (feminine

plural)

plural)


She won They cheat

Noble (feminine

He sent them

plural)

Now that you have covered this lesson, please also try some of the additional features

Discussion Forum Discuss the grammatical topics learnt and any areas of confusio

Vocabulary Flashcards Practice your vocabulary by category.

Questions Flashcards Practice questions related to the grammatical topics covered

We will be updating the features above to help you throughout the course In-Sh-All

Lesson 25

The Declinable and the non-Declinable

Part

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Introduction -

In this lesson we will learn the difference between the declinable and the nondeclinable words, In-Shaa-Allaah (God willing).

We will study that the vowel endings in the declinable nouns are changeable according to the grammatical case and according to the position in the sentence. You

can see a noun like /kitb/

signed with /ammah/ on its end in a certain

situation

,and signed with /fatah/ in another situation ,and signed .This change in the ending of the word

with /kasrah/ in a third situation

(according to its position in the sentence) means that the word is declinable. Consider the declension of the noun /kitbun/ in the following examples (please read from right to left):

Declension Explanation Case Sign English

Sentence

Arabic

The word /kitbun/ is a

predicate, so it is in the Nominative nominative case signed with ammah on its end ammah This is a book.

The word /kitban/ is a direct


Accusative Fatah I took a book.

object, so it is in the accusative case signed with fatah on its

.
The color of the Genitive Kasrah book is beautiful.

end

The word /al kitbi/ is Muf

ilaihi, so it is in the genitive case

signed with kasrah on its end

We will also learn the indeclinable words, i.e. the words which do not change according to their position in the sentence. The indeclinable words have constant

endings whatever their position in the sentence is. Consider the ending of the

demonstrative noun

/ dhlika/ in the following three sentences:

Indeclension Explanation Place of (case) Sign English

Sentence

Arabic

Although the word /dhlika/


Nominative Thats right.

is a subject in the nominative

case, but it is signed with fatah as a constant ending.

.
Fatah

The word /dhlika/ is a direct

object in the accusative case; Accusative it is signed with fatah as a

(always I know that. indeclinable on the fatah)

constant ending.

Although the word /dhlika/ is a Marur noun in the

Genitive

I doubt that.

genitive case, but it is signed

with fatah as a fixed ending.

Lesson 25

The Declinable and the non-Declinable

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Continued...
Any Arabic word is either declinable or indeclinable. The declinable words are the words that have the feature of changing their endings according to their grammatical position in the sentence. The indeclinable words are those words that do not have that feature (i.e. their vowel endings never change whatever their grammatical position is). Arabic language (like most Semitic languages) is classified as a declension language. The declension language is the language in which we distinguish the position of each word by certain signs above or below each

word, while in the non-declension languages (e.g.: English) we guess the position of each word in the sentence from the word form and the word order in the sentence. Consider the following two English sentences: o o The man killed the snake. The snake killed the man.

In the first sentence, we understand that the killer is the man, while he is the one killed in the second sentence. We understand this meaning from the word order (i.e. the doer comes before the direct object).

In Arabic the doer is that which is in the nominative case (i.e. signed originally with ammah) regardless of its order in the sentence, and the direct object is that which is in the accusative case (i.e. signed originally with fatah) regardless its order in the sentence. Consider the following two sentences:

Explanation

English meaning

Arabic sentence


The killer here is the man because the noun is The man killed the snake. signed with the ammah (nominative case)

The killer here is the snake because its noun is The snake killed the man. signed with the ammah (nominative case)

while the man is signed with fatah (direct

object)

This means that you have to learn the declension cases and signs in order to speak and to understand properly Arabic Language. In these lessons we will help you learn the different grammatical cases of words and the signs related to each case InShaa-Allaah (God willing).

In spite of this, there are some types of Arabic words which have constant (fixed) endings, without consideration to their position in the sentence. These are called

the indeclinable words.


Arabic words are divided into three categories: nouns, verbs and articles. The general rule of the nouns is that they experience declension, so the indeclinable nouns are an exception to the rule. The general rule of the verbs is one of indeclension, so a few cases of verbs are declinable. The articles are all indeclinable (without exception). In the next part (part 3) we will learn the declinable nouns and in part 4 we will learn the indeclinable nouns. The declinable and the indeclinable verbs will be studied in part 6 of this lesson. And finally the indeclension of the articles we be studied in part 8.

Lesson 25

The Declinable and the non-Declinable

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

The declinable nouns

The majority of Arabic nouns are declinable. The general rule of the nouns is that they experience declension, so the indeclinable nouns are an exception to the rule. We will learn in this part the rules related to the declinable nouns In-Shaa-Allaah (God willing).

Any declinable noun has many possible changes (declensions) in its ending according to its grammatical case and to its position in the sentence. There are many positions that the noun can occupy in the sentence. There are also many forms that affect the sign (vowel ending) of the noun. Lets first study the grammatical cases of the noun and then we can study the different signs of each case.

A. The grammatical cases of the noun:

To understand the vowel ending of a declinable noun you first have to know the grammatical case of the noun. The grammatical case of any noun can be nominative, accusative or genitive depending on the position which the noun occupies in the sentence. In this language course we learn which nouns are in the nominative case, which are in the accusative case and which are in the genitive case.

Some examples of nouns in the nominative case (which will be studied in later lessons) are:

The type of noun / position in Will be

Example Picture

the sentence which causes it to

detailed in

be the nominative case

lesson no.: English Arabic English Arabic

The teacher The doer (of

explained

Lesson 64

the verbal

the lesson

sentence)


The subject (of The cat is Lesson 58 beautiful. the nominal

sentence)

The predicate

The stone Lesson 58 is heavy.

(of the

nominal

sentence)

The pro-agent Lesson 65 (of the passive

The bag

was stolen.

voice verb)

Some examples of nouns in the accusative case (that will also detailed in later lessons):

Will be Picture Example detailed in

The type of noun / position in the

sentence which causes the

lesson no.:

accusative case

English

Arabic

English

Arabic

The The direct

teacher

object (of Lesson 66 the verbal

explained

the lesson

sentence)

Indeed, the

The noun of

cat is

Lesson 60

/inna/ and its

beautiful.

sisters

The stone

The

became

Lesson 59

predicate (of

heavy.

the nominal

.
The boy

sentence)

stayed

Lesson 71

The status

lonely.

Some examples of nouns in the genitive case (that will also detailed in later lessons):

The position in the sentence Example Picture Will be which causes the genitive case detailed in

English

Arabic

lesson no.:

English

Arabic


The teacher


Lesson 76

The noun

after the stood in

the

preposition (Marr)

class.

This is

Lesson 05

The

annexed the cat noun (al muf

of the

girl. ilaihi)

From the above mentioned examples we understand clearly that the nouns position in the sentence determines its grammatical case and the different positions of the nouns will be the main topics of the coming lessons In-Shaa-Allaah (God willing).

Once we distinguish the nouns position and grammatical case, we can automatically think about the sign of the ending of the noun. This will be detailed in the next point:

B. The sign of the ending of the declinable noun:

The nominative noun is originally signed with ammah on its end, the accusative is originally signed with fatah and the genitive is originally signed with kasrah. The original signs occur when the noun is in the basic form. If the noun is not in the basic form (i.e. dual, sound plural etc.) we have to use the secondary signs. Therefore we will have many signs for each case (original signs and secondary signs).

The following table summarizes the ending signs of the nouns according to the grammatical cases and different reasons for taking the original sign or secondary sign in each case:


Example

Picture English

Reason

Sign

Case

The book

Main sign

is beautiful

Nominativ

)(

-
The two doctors are

clever

.
Dual

)(

The

employees

attended

(came).

Sound

)(

masculine

plural


Your

father

came.

Five nouns


I read the Main sign book.

)(

Accusative

-
I saw the

two

teachers.

Dual

)(
These are


Sound

not

employees

)(

Long vowel masculine

plural

I do not

have a

moustache

. Five nouns

)(


I saw the


Sound

clever

female

doctors.

)(

feminine

plural

-
In the

)(
Main sign

book, there

is a

beautiful

lesson.

Genitive


This is the house of

the two

Egyptian Dual

men.

)(

-
Sound masculine

I talked to

the

employees

plural

)(


Go to your brother.


Long vowel

Five nouns


This

woman is

from

Damascus.

)(
diptotes

Please remember that the above mentioned secondary signs and their reasons will be studied in detail in later lessons In-Shaa-Allaah (God willing). This summary is supposed to be a guide to the coming lessons and to show you that the declinable nouns have many forms (of declension) based on many factors.

Lesson 25

The Declinable and the non-Declinable

Part
1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9

The indeclinable nouns

We learnt earlier that the majority of Arabic nouns are declinable and the indeclinable nouns are an exception to the general rule. We also learnt that the indeclinable noun is the noun which has a constant (fixed) ending regardless of its position or grammatical case in the sentence. Following are the types of the indeclinable nouns:

1. The pronouns

The pronouns are considered nouns in the Arabic grammar, because the words in Arabic are divided into only three categories; nouns, verbs and articles. Therefore the pronouns, the demonstratives and the relatives are subdivisions of nouns.

All pronouns (detached or attached) are indeclinable. Therefore each pronoun will remain in its original form irrespective of whether it is in place of nominative, accusative or genitive.

We will not study the pronoun divisions in detail right now; this will be detailed in many lessons (lesson 44 to lesson 48). Here we will learn some

examples which will help us to understand the rules above. Consider the following examples:

Vowel

Sentence Pronoun English Arabic

Picture

ending of

the pronoun


Fatah

This is your friend

speaking with you

They are

hardworking Sukn

workers. They

indeed work in the

field (farm).

.
Fatah (for

the attached


He is Omar and this is his father

form) and ammah for

the

whom he likes.

detached

form

ammah

for the


We study our


lessons.

detached

and long

alif for the

attached

2. The demonstrative pronouns

The demonstratives such as (

this), ( this; for feminine), (


these; for dual feminine), (

these; for dual masculine), (

these; for plural), (

that), ( that; for feminine), ( those; for

dual masculine), (

those; for dual feminine), ( those; for plural)

are considered below. These demonstratives are studied in detail in lesson 24. o All demonstrative pronouns are indeclinable except for the dual masculine and feminine forms which are declinable as detailed in the declension of the dual (lesson 18 and lesson 55). Consider the following examples:

English

Arabic

Do you know this? This is Muhammad.

. .

I passed by this man yesterday.

In the above mentioned examples we notice that the demonstrative pronoun (hdh) falls in different positions (direct object, subject, and Murr) but it still has the same ending (long vowel ).

More examples:

English

Arabic


Do you know these (people)? These are the new employees.

You will notice that /huli/ above is indeclinable on kasrah on its ending regardless it grammatical position (direct object or subject as above).

3. Relative pronouns

: who/which), ( who/which

The Arabic relative pronouns such as (

for feminine), (

who/which for dual), ( who/which for the dual

feminine), (

who/which for plural), ( - who/which for

plural feminine) are considered below. learnt the relative nouns in lesson 24. o

Please note that we have already

All relative nouns are indeclinable except for the dual masculine and feminine which follow the general declension of the dual nouns (as detailed in lesson 18 and lesson 55). Consider the following examples:

Picture

English

Arabic


The workers who are in the field are active.

. . .

I saw (those) who are in the

field.

I passed by (those) who are in

the field.

In the above mentioned examples, the relative noun

has a constant

ending (fatah) whether it is in place of nominative (in the first example), accusative (in the second example) or genitive (in the third example).

4. Interrogative (questioning) nouns

: what?), ( who?), ( where?),

All the interrogative nouns as (

how?) etc. are indeclinable. These will be learnt in lesson 41 and

lesson 42 In-Shaa-Allaah (God willing). Consider the following examples:

Picture

English

Arabic

Where is Airport street?

Where are you (both) from?

You may notice that the interrogative (questioning) noun

is indeclinable,

as it has a constant ending whether it is in the place of nominative (in the first example) or in the place of genitive (in the second example).

5. Conditional nouns

: whoever), ( whatever), (

The conditional nouns such as (

whenever), (

wherever) etc. are all indeclinable nouns. These will be

learnt in detail in lesson 49 In-Shaa-Allaah (God willing). Consider the following examples:

Picture

English

Arabic


Whenever you feel pain, you visit

the doctor.

//ayyna tashuru bil-alami, tadhhab il aabb-i//

Wherever Muhammad meets his

teacher, he greets him.

//aynam yaid muhammadun ustdhahu, yusallim alayh-i//

In the above mentioned examples the conditional nouns are indeclinable.

6. Verbal nouns

We will learn in lesson 50 that the verbal nouns are the nouns which have the meaning of verbs and forms of nouns (i.e. they are not conjugated as verbs),

e.g.: (

hush), ( ah, or I feel pain) etc.

All the verbal nouns are indeclinable. Consider the following examples:

Picture

English

Arabic


I suffer from this pain

/hi min hdh al-al'ami/


Stop releasing (releasing)

malicious rumors.

/mah an ilqi ash-shiti al-khabthati/

The verbal nouns in the above mentioned examples are indeclinable, i.e. they have their own constant ending regardless their position in the sentence.

In addition to the six types of indeclinable nouns mentioned above there are some

indeclinable adverbs (e.g.

since), and some allusive nouns that are indeclinable

(e.g.:

in such a way).

There are also some nouns which are occasionally indeclinable (i.e. they are originally declinable, but they are indeclinable in some situations) as follows:

1-

The single person addressed by the call (lesson 82), e.g.

( oh man).

2-

The composite numbers from eleven to nineteen (except the first part of

twelve as it is dual) detailed in lesson 26, e.g.:

( fifteen).

3-

The noun of (l) of the generic negation when the noun is singular indefinite

and not annexed (detailed in lesson 61), e.g.:

( No doubt in

this).

With this we end the declinable and the indeclinable nouns. After the exercises we will start

Lesson 25

The Declinable and the non-Declinable

Part
1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9

The declinable and the indeclinable verbs

The general rule is that the verb should be indeclinable and the declinable verbs are an exception to the rule.

The verbs in Arabic are divided into three types; past, present and imperative. The past and the imperative verbs are always indeclinable. The present verbs are generally declinable except for two situations; when the verb is attached to the /nn/

of the feminine plural

or attached directly to the /nn/ of

confirmation (the emphatic suffix); in these two situations the present verb is indeclinable. Lets now study each of the three types of verbs:

1- The past verb

( will be studied in detail in lesson 39): he

Originally, the past verb is indeclinable with a fatah on its end, e.g.: (

wrote

he arrived he talked). If the past tense verb is ended with

a vowel, we consider it indeclinable on a virtual (supposed) fatah on its end, e.g.:

he threw, he invited.
When the past verb is attached to a pronoun, it may be indeclinable on another sign according to the suffixed pronoun as follows: o Indeclinable on sukn when attached to the following pronouns:

a)

The t of the doer

E.g.

I wrote you (masculine) wrote you you (plural) wrote you (feminine

(feminine) wrote

plural) wrote.

b)

The n of the (first person) doers

E.g.:

we wrote. :

c)

The /nn/ of the feminine third person plural

E.g.:

they (feminine) wrote.

Indeclinable on ammah when attached to ww of the plural

masculine

: they wrote.

E.g.:

Other than the above mentioned situations, the past verb should be indeclinable with a fatah.

Consider the following examples:

Picture

English

Arabic


Have you written the homework, Marwan? /hal katabta al-wiba ya Marawan?/

.
The employees completed the work. /Al-muwahaffn akmal al-amal/

Nurses helped patients much

/al-mumarriatu sad-na al-mar kthran/


The teacher explained the new lesson.

2-

The imperative verb

( will be detailed in

lesson 40):

The imperative verb is always indeclinable. The imperative verb is to be addressed

only to the second person (i.e.

.) The ending

sign on which the imperative is indeclinable depends on the attached pronoun which is suffixed to the verb as follows:

If the imperative is addressed to (

)it will not be suffixed to a doer write.

pronoun, so it will be indeclinable on sukn, e.g.

If the imperative is addressed to (

you feminine), ( you both) or

you plural), it will be indeclinable on the elimination of the final nn

,e.g.: respectively.
o If the imperative is addressed to the feminine plural (

it will be

indeclinable on the sukn

,e.g.: .

The Arabic grammarians says that in order to memorize these signs of the indeclension of the imperative you have to match them with the azm case of the present conjugation (see lesson 36 part 6).

Consider the following examples:

English

Transliteration

Arabic

Oh Muhammad, write your lesson.

Y Muammadu uktub darsaka

Write your lesson, oh Fatimah!

Y Fimatu uktub- darsak-i

.
Write your lesson, oh both of you Y libn-i uktub- darsakum [two] students!

Write your lesson, oh students!

Y ullb-u uktub- darsakum

3-

The present verb

As a rule the present verb is declinable. Exceptionally, it is indeclinable in two following situations:

When it is attached to the /nn/ of the feminine plural

. .

When it is attached directly to the /nn/ of comfirmation

Therefore we will learn the declinable present verb first and then its two indeclinable cases:

a-

The declension of the present verb

(this topic will be detailed in lesson 36)

The present verb is originally declinable, i.e. its vowel ending is changeable according to its position in the sentence as follows: o If it is not preceded by an accusative or jussive article, it should be in the

indicative case

. as ( to not) it

If it is preceded by an accusative article

will be in the accusative case

If the present verb is preceded by a jussive article

such as (

not

dont), it will be in the jussive case .

Consider the following examples:

Notes

Translation

Example

The present verb is not preceded

by an accusative or jussive

article, so it is regularly in the

Will you live in Egypt?

indicative case signed with ammah on its end.


The present verb is preceded by

an accusative article, so it is in

No, I will not live in Egypt but I

the accusative case signed with fatah on its end.

just want to visit it.

The present verb is preceded by

a jussive case, so it is in the jussive case signed with sukn

Muhammad has not drunk the

milk

on its end.

The present verb is preceded by

a jussive case, so it is in the Do not stay up long at night. jussive case signed with sukn

on its end.

As you notice in the above mentioned examples, there are three cases for the present declinable verb; the indicative (nominative), the accusative, and the jussive case. For each case there is a main sign (vowel ending); the ammah for the indicative, the fatah for the accusative, and the sukun for the jussive case. These original signs should be replaced by secondary signs if the verb is attached to some pronouns (as detailed in lesson 37 named the five verbs). Consider the secondary signs in the following examples of the so-called five verbs:

Arabic verb in the indicative Jussive case Accusative case English meaning case

They (plural) drink

You (plural) drink

They (dual) drink

You (dual) drink

You (feminine) drink

In the above mentioned table we notice that the five verbs are those that are attached to the pronoun of the plural masculine third person, the plural masculine second person, the dual third person, the dual second person, and the feminine second person. In the indicative case they are signed with the firmness of the final /nn/, and in the accusative and jussive case they are signed with the elimination of the /nn/. Again we remind you that this will be repeated with more details and examples in lesson 37 In-Shaa-Allaah (God willing).

b-

The indelension of the present verb

We learnt earlier that the present verb is indeclinable in two situations:

1-

The first situation of the indeclinable present verb is when it is attached to the

/nn/ of the feminine plural

.In this situation the present verb

will be indeclinable on the sukn regardless ofthe grammatical case or the preceding articles. Consider the following examples:

Arabic verb in the indicative Jussive case Accusative case case

They (feminine) did not write

They (feminine) will not write

They (feminine) write

You (feminine plural) did not

You (feminine plural) will not

You (feminine plural) write

write

write

In the above mentioned examples, you may notice the equality of the form of the present verb in the three cases. This is because it is indeclinable, i.e. it has a constant ending.

2-

The second situation in which the present verb is indeclinable is that when it is

attached directly to the /nn/ of confirmation (emphatic article)

.In this situation the present verb is indeclinable on fatah. This will
be detailed in lesson 97 In-Shaa-Allaah (God willing). Consider the following examples:

Jussive case

Accusative case

Arabic verb in the indicative case

Do not think that the matter is so

I will never go with bad companions.

I will visit my friend tomorrow (for

easy.

sure)

In the above mentioned examples, you may notice that the present verb is indeclinable with a fatah (regardless of whether it is in the indicative, accusative or jussive case).

To apply this rule on the the present verb, the attachment to the emphatic /nn/ has to be a direct attachment (i.e. without separation). If there is a separating pronoun in the middle, the verb returns back to its original declension (as detailed in lesson

97).

the declinable and indeclinable verbs

The Declinable and the non-Declinable

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Articles -

All articles In Arabic are indeclinable without any exception. We cannot study all the Arabic articles in one lesson; rather we will learn each type of article in its own grammatical topic and lesson. Here we will gain a general idea about how they are indeclinable.

There is no rule for the vowel ending on which the article is indeclinable (some of them are indeclinable on fatah, others on sukn, others on long vowel, etc.) Therefore you have to memorize the vowel ending of each new article you learn. The following table contains some examples of each type of article and their sign of indeclension:

Category

Sign of indeclension

Meaning

Article

Sukn

From

Preposition

Sukn

About

Sukn of long vowel

To

Sukn of long vowel

On

Sukn of long vowel

In

Kasrah

With

Kasrah

For

Fatah

And

Coordinating articles

Sukun

Or


Sukun Rather, but

Sukun

But

Fatah

Indeed

Annular article (sisters of /inna/)

Fatah

If only! (Would that!)


Fatah But

Fatah

I hope (it is hoped)

Interrogative Article

Sukun

Is?


Fatah Is?

Conditional article

Sukn

If


Sukn If

Accusative article

Sukn

To


Sukn Will not

Jussive article


Answering article

Sukn

Did not


Negating article

Sukn

Yes

Sukn of long vowel

No

N.B.: Exceptionally, the vowel ending of some articles may change when followed by a sukn on the first letter of the following word as in the following examples:

Example Note English Arabic

The vowel ending of /minn/ is changed from sukn into From home fatah, because the following sound is sukn

The vowel ending of /ann/ is changed from sukn into kasrah, because the following sound is sukn

About the

moon

The vowel ending of /Aw/ is changed from sukn into kasrah, because the following sound is sukn

The night or

the day

The vowel ending of /hal/ is changed from sukn into kasrah, because the following sound is sukn

Is the square

far?

In the above mentioned examples the articles are indeclinable with virtual signs which were found on the single article before the structure and the vowel ending is changed (for phonetic reasons).

Lesson 25

The Declinable and the non-Declinable

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Revision -

In this lesson we have learnt the following: o The declinable nouns which are changeable in their vowel endings according to their grammatical positions in the sentence. o The indeclinable nouns which have constant endings regardless their positions, cases or grammatical functions in the sentence. o The indeclinable nouns are divided into 6 main categories:

1. Pronouns

. .

2. Demonstrative pronouns

3. Relative pronouns

. .

4. Interrogative nouns

5. Conditional nouns

6. Verbal nouns

o o

The declinable and the indeclinable verbs. Examples of the Arabic articles (many types). We also learnt that all articles are permanently indeclinable.

Several new words as summarized in the following table:

Vocabulary Revision

English

Arabic

English

Arabic

Declinable

Indeclinable/structured

Right/true

I doubt

It has been stolen

The snake

Pro-agent

He explained

Damascus

Diptote

The field

Yesterday

I passed by

The employees

Active (pl.)

Conditional nouns

Whenever

Wherever

Hush

The pain

Releasing

Rumors

In a such way

Malicious

Since

The nn of plural feminine

The t of the doer

N of the plural doers

Ww of the third Emphatic nn person plural

Bad companions

If only

It is hoped that

But

Now that you have covered this lesson, please also try some of the additional features we have including:

Discussion Forum Discuss the grammatical topics learnt and any areas of confusion.

Vocabulary Flashcards Practice your vocabulary by category.

Questions Flashcards Practice questions related to the grammatical topics covered in the lessons.

We will be updating the features above to help you throughout the course In-ShAllh (God willing).

Lesson 26

Composite Number (B)

Part
1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Introduction

We learnt in lesson 19 and lesson 20 the numbers from 1 to ten as applied for masculine and feminine numbered nouns.

In this lesson we will learn the numbers from 11 to 19 In-Sh-Allh (God willing). The topics that will be covered include:

The numbers (

"aada ashar" (eleven) and (

"ithn ashar" (twelve) in a special section, and the special rules relating to these numbers.

After that we will cover the numbers from (

"thalthata

ashar" (thirteen) to (

" )tisata ashar" (nineteen).

We will answer some questions relating to the numbers, such as:

What are the situations in which a number will be masculine or feminine?

Are numbers declinable or indeclinable?

The ending of the numbered noun

(the name

comes after a number)

Below we will cover some examples. Read the examples carefully and then study the rules that follow in future sections:

Number

With masculine

With feminine


"'a aada ashar ustdhan"

"'at id ashrata ustdhatan"

Eleven professors came

Eleven lady professors came


"Dhahaba ithn ashar muhandisan"

"Dhahabat ithnat ashrat muhandisatan"

Twelve engineers went out

Twelve lady engineers went out

"ra'aytu ithnai ashara muhandisan"

"raaytu ithnatai ashrata muhandisatan"

I saw twelve engineers

I saw twelve lady engineers


" aarat thaltha ashrata mudarrisatan"

"fil-fali thalthata shara liban" Thirteen lady teachers attended

Thirteen students are in the class


" qaratu arbaata ashara kitban"

"qaratu arbaa ashrata qiatan"

I read fourteen books

I read fourteen stories


"nimtu khamsa ashrata satan"

"raatu bada khamsata ashara yawman" I slept for fifteen hours

I came back after fifteen days


"dhabatu sitta ashara dkan"

"dhabatu sitta ashrata daaatan"

I slaughtered sixteen roosters

I slaughtered sixteen hens


"daawtu sabata ashara duan"

"allaitu saba ashrata rakatan"

I invoked seventeen supplications

I prayed seventeen Rak'ahs


"muammadun indahu thamniyata ashara

"Fatimatu indah thamni ashrata adqatan" adqan" Fatimah has eighteen friends Muhammad has eighteen friends


"hdh a-iflu umruh tisata ashara

"hdh al-waladu umruh tisa ashrata sanatan" yawman" This boy is nineteen years old This child is nineteen days old

We will also learn the numbers from 20 to 99, which include two parts: (1) decade numbers (i.e. 20, 30,90) and (2) the other numbers:-


"ra'aytu ishriin baladan"

"'a thalathn raulan"

I saw twenty countries

Thirty men came

The composite number may include two numbers connected with the (

) (and):-


"ra'aytu ithnai[n] wa ishrn baladan"


"'a widun wa thalthn raulan"

I saw twenty-two countries

Thirty-one men came

Lesson 26

Composite Number (B)

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Numbers 11 and 12

In this part we will learn the two numbers

" aada ashara" (eleven)

and

" ithn ashara" (twelve), as they are similar to each other with the

exception of declension. Before we consider the gender of the number, we need to understand the gender of the noun that is being referred to. If the noun is feminine then the number will also be feminine, likewise with the masculine noun / masculine number. To change the

number

" aada" to feminine " id" we can add the long vowel Alif (alif to the word ending, and change the initial Hamzah to

maqrah)

be signed with kasrah ( ), and to change the sign of the medial (H) from the fatah

to the sukn to become

" id". The number " ithn" can be made " t" to be " ithnat".

feminine by adding the letter

The number should be identical with the numbered noun (that comes after the number) in gender (masculine and feminine). For example:


'a aada ashara ustdhan

Eleven professors came

The number here is masculine because the numbered noun after it is masculine.

But we say:


'at ida ashrata ustdhatan

Eleven lady professors came.

The number here is feminine because the numbered noun is feminine.

The same applies to the number

" ithn ashara" (twelve). For example:


Dhahaba ithn ashara muhandisan

Twelve engineers went out.

The number here is masculine because the numbered noun after it is masculine.

But we say:


Dhahabat ithnata ashrata muhandisatan

Twelve female engineers went out.

The number here is feminine because the numbered noun is feminine.

We will now cover the number (

" ) aada ashara" (eleven) in more

detail In-Sh-Allh (God-willing).

The word-ending of the two words

" aada" and " ida" are

"mabniyah", i.e. static or indeclinable in all cases of grammar this means that they do not change their endings in nominative, accusative or genitive case. Let us look at some examples below to illustrate this point:

Case:

Transliteration:

English:

Arabic:


Umri aada ashara The nominative case man I am eleven years old.

Ra'aytu ida ashrata The accusative case bintan I saw eleven girls.

Askunu maa aada The genitive case ashara liban

I live with eleven

students.

We will now cover the number

" ithna ashar" (twelve) in more detail In-

Sh-Allh (God-willing).

The two words

" ithna" (masc.) and " ithnata" (fem.) are dual nouns. In " ithna" and " ithnata" while in the accusative

the nominative case, we say

and genitive cases we say

" ithnai" and " ithnatai":

Case:

Transliteration:

English:

Arabic:


The nominative case a ithna ashara Twelve students came. (masculine) liban


The nominative case at ithnata ashrata libatan Twelve female students (feminine) came.

The accusative case

Ra'aytu ithnai ashara I saw twelve students. liban

(masculine)

The accusative case

Ra'aytu ithnatai ashrata libatan

I saw twelve female

(feminine)

students.

The genitive case for the number twelve will take the same form as the example in the table above for accusative case.

Lesson 26

Composite Number (B)

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Numbers from 13 to 19-

In this section we will study the numbers from 13 to 19. These numbers have the same rules, therefore we will study them in one section In-Sh-Allh (God-willing).

The composite numbers from 13 to 19 e.g. (

" ) thalathata ashara"

(thirteen) - are composed of two parts.

The gender of each part depends on the

gender of the noun that is being referred to. The first part is always opposite to the gender of the noun, and the second part is the same gender as the numbered noun.

The first part may be feminine (

" )thalathata" (three) or may be masculine

" )thalatha". The second part may also be feminine ( " )ashrata"

(ten) or may be masculine (

" )ashara" (ten).

As above, the rule we apply

here is related to the noun (that comes after the number). Here are some examples:

Transliteration:

English:

Arabic:


There are thirteen students in Fil-fal thalathata ashara liban the class.

aarat thalathu ashrata

Thirteen lady teachers attended.

mudarrisatan

Dhabatu sittata ashara diikan

I slaughtered sixteen roosters.


This boy (young man) is Hdha al-waladu umruhu tisa nineteen years old. ashrata sanatan

In these examples, the first part of the number is opposite in gender to the numbered noun, while the second part is similar to it.

Now we will explain the word-ending of the number and the numbered noun. o The two parts of the composite number for numbers from 13 to 19 e.g.

" )thalathata ashara" (thirteen) - have a fixed vowel, namely )short vowel Fata, at the end of both parts. )short vowel

The numbered noun in this case always ends with a (

Fata. Take the following examples:


Fi qaryati saba ashrata ilatan

There are seventeen families in our village.

Fi fali tisata ashara adiiqan

I have nineteen friends in the class.

[Note that the "n" at the end of ilatan and adiiqan is the (

)Tanwn

(nunation; the root to pronounce the letter N), but both words end with the short vowel Fata]

Lesson 26

Composite Number (B)

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11 12 13

Numbers (20, 30, 40 etc.) -

" )alfaah

There are numbers in the Arabic language that are called (

al-uquud" (20, 30, 40 etc.):

Numbers in letters (accusative or genitive

Numbers in letters Numbers in digits

case)

(nominative case)

20

ishriina

ishruun

30

thalathiin

thalathuun

40

arbaiin

arbauun

50

khamsiin

khamsuun

60

sittiin

sittuun

70

sabiin

sabuun

thmnuun 80

thmniin


90

tisiin

tisuun

Alfaah al-uquud are declinable, to which the rules of (

"amu mudhakkar slim" (regular masculine plural) are applied. They always end

with (

-" )uun" or (-" )iin" according to their position in the sentence. Here

are some examples:

English:

Transliteration:

Arabic:

Twenty Muslims came

a ishruun musliman

The Muslims came

a al-muslimuun

The Muslim came

a al-muslimu

I saw twenty Muslims

Ra'aytu ishriin musliman

I saw the Muslims

Ra'aytu al-muslimiin

I saw the Muslim

Ra'aytu al-muslima

Askunu maa ishriin I live with twenty Muslims musliman

I live with the Muslims

Askunu maa al-muslimiin

I live with the Muslim

Askunu maa al-muslimi

Sometimes a composite number consists of two numbers connected with (wa and), such as:


These are twenty-one teachers

Huli widun wa ishruun ustdhan


These are twenty-one lady teachers

Huli ida wa ishruun ustdhatan


I read twenty-five books

Qaratu khamsatan wa ishruun kitban


My friend read twenty-seven stories

Darasa adiiqi saban wa ishriin qissatan


The price of my clothes is fifty-five pounds.

Thawbi bikhamsatin wa khamsiin unaihan

I wrote the lesson in twenty-two papers.

Katabtu ad-darsa fi ithnataini wa ishriin waraqatan


I have twenty-two garments.

Indi ithnn wa ishriina ilbban

We notice here that the first number before (

) "wa" (and) is similar to the numbers )

1 and 2, as we studied in the previous part. This means that numbers (

"wid" (one) and (

" )ithnn" (two) should be masculine or feminine according

to the numbered noun. For example, the numbers in the following sentences are masculine because the numbered noun in each is masculine:

Huli widun wa ishruuna ustadhan

These are twenty-one teachers.


indi ithnni wa ishruun ilbban

I have twenty-two garments.

The numbers in the following sentences are feminine because the numbered noun in each is feminine:


Huli ida wa ishruuna ustadhatan

These are twenty-one lady teachers.


Katabtu ad-darsa fi ithnatayni wa ishriin waraqatan

I wrote the lesson in twenty-two papers.

As a revision of lessons 19 and 20 - we have already learnt that the numbers from 3 to 9 should be opposite to the numbered noun, i.e. the first part should be masculine if the numbered noun is feminine. For example:


Darasa adiiqi saban wa ishriin qiatan

My friend studied twenty-seven stories.

Alternatively, the first part should be feminine if the numbered noun is masculine. For example:


Thawbi bikhamsatin wa khamsiin unayhan

(I bought) my garment (for) fifty-five pounds.

Note: the numbered noun after the decade numbers is always singular and in the

accusative case (mansb

( )ending, originally, with the short fatah, a).

For example:


Male professor/teacher

Ustdhan


Female professor/teacher

Ustdhatan

Book

Kitban


Story

Qiatan


Pound

unayhan


Paper

Waraqatan


Long garment (for men and women)

ilbban

Lesson 26

Composite Number (B)

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Hundreds and thousands

The last lesson in the composite number is the numbers of hundreds and thousands, as follows:

500

400

300

200

100

khamsumiah

arbaumiah

thalthmiah

miatn

miah

1000

900

800

700

600

alf

tisumiah

thamnimiah

sabumiah

sittumiah

5000

4000

3000

2000

khamsatu alf

arbaatu alf

thalthatu alf

alfn

9000

8000

7000

6000

tisatu alf

thamnitu alf

sabatu alf

sittatu alf

These numbers are declinable on the short vowels of declension based on their case e.g.: o o o Short fatah a in accusative case short kasrah i in genitive case short ammah u in nominative case

Sign of declension

Sentence and numbers

)(

Ending in short ammah (u)

a miatu raulin

One hundred men came.

)(

Raaytu miata raulin Ending in short fatah (a) I saw one hundred men.

)(

Dhahabtu maa miati raulin Ending in short kasrah (i) I went out with one hundred men.

The short vowels (ammah, fatah and kasrah) appear on the first part of the

composite numbers from 300 (thalthumiah) to 900 (tisumiah), such as (

"thalth" (three), (

" )arba" (four), (" )khams" (five), (" )tis"

(nine), etc, and the second part (

" )miah" (hundred) always ends with the short

vowel kasrah "i", for example:

Sign of declension

Sentence and numbers

)(

Istamarra al-Islam fi al-andalus akthara min thamniEnding in short kasrah (i) miati min

Islam continued in Andalusia more than eight hundred

years.

)(

Ending in short fatah (a)

Qaratu al-yawma arbaa-miati baytin min ash-shir

I read four hundred lines of verse today.

)(
Haara thalthu-miati raulun ila amriica Ending in short ammah (u) Three hundred men emigrated to America.

Numbers 1000 "alf", 2000 "alfn", 3000 "thalthatu alf", etc., have the same rules of tens numbers 100, 200, 300, etc. For example:

Sign of declension

Sentence and numbers

)(

Ending in short ammah (u)

a alfu raulin

One thousand men came.

)(

Raaytu alfa raulin Ending in short fatah (a) I saw one thousand men.

)(

Dhahabtu maa alfi raulin Ending in short kasrah (i) I went out with one thousand men.

)(

Haara thalthatu alfi raulun ila amriica Ending in short ammah (u) Three thousand men emigrated to America.

)(

Ending in short fatah (a) Qaratu al-yawma thalthata alfi baytin min ash-shir

I read three thousand lines of verse today.

)(

Rtibi aktharu min thalthati alfi unayhin Ending in short kasrah (i) My salary is over three thousand pounds.

Note: the numbered noun after numbers of hundreds and thousands is always singularLesson 26

Composite Number (B)

Part
1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Revision -

Vocabulary Revision

Units of Ten

Slaughtered

numbers

My salary

Rooster

Emigrated

Invoked

Rent

Engineer

Line of verse

Club

Died

Family

Attended

Stayed

Live

Floor

Meeting

Pray

War

Rakah

Cow

Paper

Field

Garment

Dictionary

Fasted

Continued

Now that you have covered this lesson, please also try some of the additional features we have including:

Discussion Forum Discuss the grammatical topics learnt and any areas of confusion.

Vocabulary Flashcards Practice your vocabulary by category.

Questions Flashcards Practice questions related to the grammatical topics covered in the lessons.

We will be updating the features above to help you throughout the course In-ShAllh (God willing).

and marr (

( )endinLesson 27

The Maqr, Manq and Mamdd Nouns -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Introduction

In this lesson, we will study the nouns that end with vowels In-Sh-Allh (GodWilling). The vowels are described as weak letters that cannot have diacritic signs (e.g. ammah, fatah, kasrah, sukn). The importance of this is that these words do not change in the physical sense in different cases e.g. the word is said to have an assumed Kasrah even though in reality it has no Kasrah visible.

The weak letters in the Arabic language are ( ) "alif", (

) "ww", and () "y'". We

will find that some Arabic nouns end with an alif maqrah, and are therefore called

" )maqr noun or ism maqr" [a noun ending with a long alif /-

/]. Look at the examples below, pay particular attention to coloured words in the 2nd and 3rd examples which would normally end with a Kasrah on the last letter but have no vowel mark:


aara Muaf il al-mustashf

Mustafa came to the hospital.

satazru ukht Hud Pars

My sister Huda will visit Paris.

yalisu ab al al-maqh

My father sits at a caf.

Some Arabic nouns end with the letter (

(y) /-/ and are called (

" )manq noun or ism manq" [a noun ending with the long vowel '']. The same rule as discussed above regarding diacritical marks applies here.

Notice for example that normally the word in the first sentence below would have a

ammah as it is in the nominative case (as it is the subject of a verbal sentence) please view the examples below:

aara al-q mubakkira-n

The judge came early.

al-thawbu al-ghl amlu-n

The expensive garment is beautiful.

ismu akh Shd

My brother is called Shadi

There is a third type of noun, which does not end with a vowel but with a (

"hamzah" [glottal stop], which is a semi-weak letter. This type of nouns is called

" ) mamdd noun, or ism mamdd" [a noun ending with a hamzah )preceded by a long alif]

al-awwu nahfu-n fi a-ar

Air is clean in the desert.

Ismu ukht asn

My sister's name is Hasn

Hdhih aqbatu-n zarqu

This is a blue bag

We will also learn how we can write the dual and plural of these numerals In-ShAllh (God Willing). For example:

Plural in the

Dual in the

Plural in the

accusative and Dual in the

accusative and

nominative

genitive cases nominative case

genitive cases

case

Type

Word


Musafayna


Maqr

Musafawna

Musafayni

Musafayayni

Musaf


Qdna Qna Qiyni Qiyayni Q

Manq

Bannni

Bannni

Bannni

Bannayni

Mamdd

Bann

g with the short kasrah i).

Lesson 27

The Maqr, Manq and Mamdd Nouns -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

The maqr noun -

In Arabic we call a noun that fulfils the following criteria a Maqr noun [a noun ending with a long fatah '-']:

The noun ends with the alif Maqrah (e.g.

The letter before the alif Maqrah has a fatah on it.

The noun is a declinable noun (

.)Thus, the word (" )al'

is not a maqr noun, because it is a preposition, not a noun. The same also

applies to the word (

"yas" because it is a verb and the

demonstrative noun (

" )hdh" because it is an indeclinable noun.

We have learnt that when a word is affected by declension as a result of a certain rule in grammar, the last letter is normally affected by taking a certain diacritical mark (e.g. fatah, ammah, kasrah). For example, al al maktabi upon the table, al maktabi takes a Kasrah on the last letter because it is preceded by a preposition (ala meaning on).

However, in this lesson we learn that in certain cases there is an assumed declension i.e we assume that the word is in a certain case but we do not see the physical Kasrah as the example above shows. This may appear to be a difficult concept to grasp but it is quite simple i.e. we do not put the normal diacritical mark on the letter but we assume that it is there.

The diacritical signs of declension are assumed and do not appear on the long Alif of the maqr noun. For example:

Murtada attended the meeting.

)(

aara Murta al-itima

It is nominative case with an assumed ammah (not visible)


I saw Murtada in the school.

)(

Raaytu Murta fi al-

Madrasah

It is accusative case with an assumed fatah


I went with Murtada to the club.

)(

It is genitive case with an

A dhahabtu maa Murta il

assumed kasrah

al-nd

The word Murta is a masculine noun in the nominative case in the first sentence. The sign of the nominative case is an assumed ammah, because it is the verb doer i.e. the subject of the verbal sentence.

In the second sentence, the same word is in the accusative case because it is the object of the verbal sentence i.e. the thing / person upon which the action is done. In the third sentence the word is in the genitive case. In all of them, the sign of

declension is (

" )muqaddarah" assumed or virtual. This means that the three " ) irb taqdr", i.e.

signs are not spoken and this is called (

assumed or virtual declension that is, it does not appear on the word-final.

This applies to all maqr nouns. For example:

Picture

Sentence

nmat salm mubakkiratan

Salma slept early.

hdhihi ukht layl

This is my sister Layla.

al-baytu huwa maw al-usrah

Home is the shelter of the family.

ismu akh mus

My brother's name is Musa.

Lesson 27

The Maqr, Manq and Mamdd Nouns -

Part
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

The manq noun -

The declinable noun (

)ending with the letter () "y" /-/ preceded " ) manq noun". That is, it is a noun ,)q

by a short kasrah is called (

ending with a long y /-/ preceded by a short kasrah, such as s (

,)ghl ( ,)etc.

These are the same conditions that we described

above in section 2 relating to the Maqr noun. The diacritical signs of declension only appear when the manq noun is in the accusative case. For example:

Sentence

Transliteration

Translation

raytu q-a al-madnah

I saw the judge of the city

If the manq noun is in the nominative or genitive cases, the diacritical signs (ammah in the nominative and kasrah in the genitive cases) do not appear. For example:

Declension

Sentence

Transliteration

Translation

The judge of the a q al-madnah


city came. Nominative


hdh baytu al-q


This is the judge's house. Genitive

The letter (

"y" /-/ is always omitted in the manq noun except in the

following three cases:

1- When it is preceded by definite article (

" )al-":

a al-q

The judge came.

2- When it is (

) "muf" (annexed) (the first part of a construct phrase:

a q al-madnah

The judge of the city came.

3- When it comes in the accusative case with the diacritical sign of short fatah:

Raaytu qiya-n

I saw a judge.

In cases other than the three mentioned above, the (

) "y" of the manq noun is

omitted, and it is written with tanwn (an un-voweled nn at the end of a noun). For example:

Nominative

Accusative

Genitive

Definite,

prefixed with

hdh al-q

zara ab al-nd

This is the judge.

My father visited the club.

hdh baytu al-q

This is the judge's home.

Annexed (muf)


Not prefixed

with (

marartu bi-nd a-aydi hdh q al-madnah ana uibbu ndiya al-shams I passed by the Shooting This is the city's judge. I love al-Shams Club. Club.

Indefinite,


hdh qi-n

without (

,)

marartu bindi-n kabri-n

and not raa akh nadiya-n kabra-n annexed This is a judge. I passed by a big club.

My brother saw a big club.

In column 1 (examples on the nominative), the ammah does not appear on the

word (

" )al q" (the judge) in the first sentence, but we write the letter

) "y" because the manq noun is prefixed with the definite (" )al-". )the ammah does

In the second sentence of this column: (

not appear on the word (

" )q" (judge), because it is an annexing noun. " )hdh qi-n" (This is a

In the third sentence of the first column: (

judge), the y is omitted because the word "q" is indefinite (not prefixed with

,))and not annexing to another noun.

What has been said about the nominative case in which the diacritical sign ammah is assumed or virtual is also applied to the genitive case, so the diacritical sign of

kasrah is assumed. The omission of the final-word (

"y" /-/ depends on

whether the word is definite, indefinite, or annexed. The accusative case is the only different case where the diacritical sign fatah

appears on the manq noun. The final-word (

) "y" /-/ in the manq noun is

always written. This is because the (

is omitted when the manq noun is

indefinite, not annexed, or not in the accusative case ending with the short fatah.

But when it ends with the short fatah, the letter (

) is written, even if the word is

not annexed or indefinite. Consider examples no. (2):

""

zara ab al-ndiy-a accusative and definite My father visited the club.

""

ra akh ndiya-n kabra-n

My brother saw a big club. In the accusative and indefinite

an uibbu ndiya al-shams In the accusative and annexed I love al-Shams Club.

""

ra ab ndiya-n kabra-n

My father saw a big club. In the accusative, indefinite and not annexed

You might also like